Vol. 84 JULY, 1970 No. 1

THE

NAUTILUS

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS/(C5^\ C'^T^-

/ >^ y'^ 's S /.' -i ^

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS f"^/ -^ '-,- ".

R. Tucker .Abbott, du Pont Chair of Malacology ir^j / j , p, ^ . _, . ,

Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Del. 19807:

Horace Birrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, V^r'j^''

(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania) \ "

Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department

La Salle Cx)Uege, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141

CONTENTS

The occurence of Cymatiidae and Cypraeidae in

North Carolina. By Hugh J. Porter 1

Eggs and attachment sites for egg capsules of Valvata lewisi.

By B. Z. Lang and N. O. Dronen, Jr 9

One more sinistral Mesodon. By Harold S. Feinberg 12

Defensive liquid discharge in Florida tree snails (Liguus

fasciatus) . By T. Eisner and E. O. Wilson 14

Growth of Amblema perplicata Conrad in a Texas river.

By J. W. Little and Harry W. Centner 16

Alterations in the molluscan fauna of a meromictic marl lake.

By Willard N. Harman 21

A forgotten periodical of West American conchology.

By Barry Roth and James T. Carlton 31

Notes 32 Publications received iii

$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.

Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager

11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083

Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.

NAUTILUS:

A quarterly journal devoted to the study of mollusks, edited and published

by R. Tucker Abbott, Horace B. Baker (editor emeritus) and Charles B.

Wurtz. Business and subscription manager: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, 11 Chelten

Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 19083.

AUTHORS PLEASE NOTE

Matter for publication should be sent to the editor-in-chief, Dr. R. Tucker

.\bbott, Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware 19807.

Please give your reprint order, if any, when submitting your manuscript.

Kindly attempt to conform with the format of the journal, including the style

of the references cited and the use of figure numbers of the illustrations.

Please correct and return galley proof within 24 hours. The editors reserve

the right to ignore unnecessary changes. Authors are charged for engraving

blocks of photographs or drawings at cost. Minimum charge for each block is

$3.00. The publishers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $40 per

page of text for state or federally financed research in order to cover costs.

Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written on or

AiTACHED TO FIRST PACE OF MANUSCRIPT. REPRINTS are shipped, with iuvoiccs,

by PONY PRINTING, 4 Cloverdale Avenue, Upper Darby, Pennsylvania

19082. PURCHASE ORDERS, when required, and shipping instructions,

MUST accompany original orders. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work because

of delayed receipt of purchase orders will be charged for accordingly.

TEXT PAPER 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.

First, 100 copies 3.70 8.20 16.40 24.40 30.60

Additional 100 80 2.95 6.50 9.90 11.45

PLATE PAPER

First 100 copies 4.00 8.75 17.45 25.95 32.70

Additional 100 1.05 3.50 7.55 11.45 13.55

Prices subject to change without notice. Postage extra.

The Nautilus is an official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin 54143

Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,

Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017. Vols. 71 to date are

available from the Nautilus. 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania

19083, and vary in price.

!:i:! f LIBRARY j 2^1

THE ^'s.V »?/'

NAUTILUS '

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS

OF CONCHOLOGISTS

VOL. 84

JULY, 1970 to APRIL, 1971

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

R. TUCKER ABBOTT

Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware

CHARLES B. WURTZ

La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141

MRS. HORACE B. BAKER

11 Chelten Road

Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083

PONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBV, PA.

^' L I3RARY *^'-

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 July, 1970

THE OCCURRENCE OF CYMATIIDAE AND CYPRAEIDAE

IN NORTH CAROLINA

Bv HUGH J. PORTER

University of North Carolina

Institute of Marine Sciences

Morehead City, North Carolina 28557

The presence in North Carolina waters of the Cymatiidae and

Cyprasidas families is not well documented and little known to

most collectors.

The first published North Carolina record for either family

appears to be by Coues (1871) in which a single specimen of

Cyprcea exanthema Linne is listed from vicinity of Fort Macon,

N. C. Dall (1903) noted six Cymatiidae ( = Tritoniidae) and four

Cypraeidae in North Carolina waters. Abbott (1954) recorded

four Cymatiidae and no Cyprasidae occurring off the North

Carolina coast.

The following listing is the result primarily of recent field work

from Cape Hatteras south to just below Cape Fear. Most speci-

mens were collected by the author while aboard the Duke Uni-

versity R/V Eastward, The North Carolina Division of Com-

mercial and Sports Fisheries R/V Dan Moore and the United

States Bureau of Commercial Fisheries R/V Oregon. Specimens

described are in the mollusk collections of the University of

North Carolina Institute of Marine Sciences; IMS# indicates

catalogue number, IMS#Non indicates specimens not catalogued,

live-taken specimens indicated by asterisk following catalogue

number. Measurements, when given, are indicated by the follow-

ing ratio: shell length/shell width in mm.

Cyprcea cervus Linne, 1771

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889), south

Florida, in same report synonymized C. cerviis with C. exanthema

Linne — the latter recorded (1903) from Cape Hatteras. Schielder

(1938-39) , region between Cape Hatteras to Savannah, rare, record

1

2 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

from earlier collections. Johnson (1934), Smith (1945), Morris

(1951) — North Carolina for C. cxantJiema cewus Linne. Dodge

(1953), Savannah, Georgia; Abbott (1954), south Florida.

EX.\MINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#

1114*, E-SE of Cape Lookout (34°31' N; 76°14.6' W) , 116 ft.

depth, one of five living specimens caught by trawler net fouled

in wreck of M/V Alias (an American tanker), 122/69mm, light

brown color; IMS# 1852*, SE of New River Inlet (34°09' N;

76°53.5' W), 108 ft. depth, Oregon station #6557, 119/70mm,

dark brown color; IMS# 1626, Cape Lookout beach, broken

beach-worn shell; D. A. Wolfe (personal comnmnication) , SW

of Cape Lookout, 60-100 ft. depth, sight record.

Cypr(ca cinerea Gmelin, 1791

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) and

Johnson (1934), Cape Hatteras; Smith (1945), Morris (1951),

Abbott (1954), Abbott (1968) — Florida.

EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#

2262, SE of Cape Lookout (34°07.8' N; 76°11.1' W) , 280 ft.

depth. Eastward station #10513, shell of a recently dead specimen.

Cyprcea spiirca acicularis Gmelin, 1 79 1.

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889), John-

son (1934), Smith (1945) , Morris (1951) — Florida; Merrill and

Petit (1965), Cape Romain, S. C, 180 ft. depth, recently dead

specimens (shells common in other nearby dredgings) ; Menzies,

et al. (1966), North Carolina (SE of New River Inlet), shells

abundant at Eastward stations #1087, 1088, 1089, 213-328 ft.

depth. Live specimens were also recorded by Menzies at #1088.

EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 33*.

Cape Lookout to Cape Fear region, U.S. Bureau of Commercial

Fisheries R/V Albatross ///—cruise # 31 C, 102-120 ft. depth, 21.4/

16.5mm; IMS# 2313, S-SE of Cape Hatteras (35°00' N; 75°28'

W) , 156 ft. depth, Dan Moore station #0365, 18.5/1 1.6mm;

IMS#Non *, E-SE of Cape Fear (33°26.0' N: 77°00.8' W) , 250

ft. depth. Eastward station #11554, 18. 2/12. 8mm. The following

were dredged by Eastward SE of Cape Lookout: IMS#Non, sta-

tion #10496 (34°09.8' N; 76°09.7' W) , 164 ft. depth, 14.2/

9.3mm; IMS#Non, station #10497 (.34°09.2' N; 76°10.3' W) ,

164-180 ft. depth, 18.1/12.1mm; IMS#Non, Station #11564 34°

July, 1970 NAUTILUS 3

09.5' N; 76°09.2' W) , station #11565 (34° 11.8' N; 76°06.6' W),

station #11569 (34°12' N; 76°05.9' VV), 230-390 ft. depth, 16.0

1 0.0mm, 20. 1/1 2.8mm, 20.0/ 13.2mm and 24.2/ 16.6mm.

Cypracea zebra Linn^, 1758

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Cones (1871), Fort

Macon, N. C, single specimen; Tryon (1885) , Fort Macon, N. C;

Dall (1903), Johnson (1934), Smith (1945), Morris (1951) —

North Carolina; Schielder (1938-39), region between Cape Hat-

teras and Savannah, Georgia, common, record from earlier collec-

tions; Dodge (1953), Cape Hatteras; Abbott (1954) and (1968),

southeastern Florida. None examined by the author.

Charonia variegata (Lamarck, 1816)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1903), John-

son (1934), Abbott (1954), Clench and Turner (1957) — south

Florida; Merrill and Petit (1969), Cape Romain, S. C, 213-262 ft.

depth, fragments (one fresh). With a record as close as the latter

one, it is only a matter of time before a specimen is found off

the North Carolina coast. None examined by the author.

Cymatium {Cabestana) labiosum (Wood, 1828)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889), within

a few miles of Cape Hatteras (Tritoniutn labiostis (Wood) ) ;

Johnson (1934), Cape Hatteras; Abbott (1954), Florida Keys;

Clench and Turner (1957), Cape Romain, S. C. (based on speci-

men removed from buoy by Merrill); Merrill and Petit (1965) ,

Cape Romain, S. C; Porter and Jenner (1968) , Onslow Bay of

North Carolina, living specimen.

EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#Non

*, SE of Cape Lookout (34°08.5' N; 76° 10.8' W), 164 ft. depth

Eastivard station #4487 (sample believed from fore reef area) ,

previously mentioned by Porter and Jenner (1968), 7. 2/4. 5mm;

IMS#Non (identified by Dan Steger) , E-SE of Caj>e Fear (33° 31'

N; 76°55' W) , 297 ft. depth, 3.9/3.9mm.

Cymatium (Linatella) poulsenii (Morch, 1877)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Smith (1937), Lake

Worth, Florida, possibly north to Cape Hatteras; Clench and

4 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

Turner (1957), Florida; Merrill and Petit (1965), McClellanville,

S. C; Merrill and Porter (1966) , two specimens SE of Cape Look-

out (108-120 ft. depth), two specimens from Chincoteague Inlet,

Virginia (72 ft. depth) .

EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#

1106.1-1106.2 (above recorded specimens), 70/4 1mm and 63/

41mm; IMS# 1247, SW of Cape Lookout, 150 ft. depth, 58/38mm.

Cymatium (Monoplex) parthenopeum (von Salis, 1793)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1903) for Tri-

fon/wm o/eajiwm Linne, Cape Hatteras; Johnson (1934) and Smith

(1937) for C. costatum (Born) , Cape Hatteras; Clench and Turn-

er (1957) , Florida; Merrill and Petit (1965) , McClellanville, S. C,

246 ft. depth, living specimen; Merrill and Porter (1966) , SE of

Cape Lookout, N. C, 108-120 ft. depth, two adult shells. Merrill

and Porter also record that Dr. Rudolph Scheltema found larvae

of the species in a sample east of the Grand Banks (47°30' N) .

EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#

1107.1-1107.2 (recorded above), 93/49.5 and 104/54mm (previ-

ously recorded 195mm length of #1107.2 is in error); IMS#

2362, S-SE of Cape Hatteras (34°58.5' N; 75°26.5' W) and

(34°58.5' N; 75°28' W) , 180-192 ft. depth, Dan Moore stations

#0359 and 0364, living specimens, 36/19 and 38/20mm. Mrs.

E. H. Piper of Gloucester, N. C. has a specimen (length =111

mm) collected from offshore scallop grounds of North Carolina.

Dr. D. A. Wolfe of Beaufort, N.C, has a hermit crab occupied

specimen (length = 116mm) found on Radio Island in Beaufort

Inlet. This specimen possibly had been brought in by scallop

fishermen.

Cymatium (Septa) krebsii (Morch, 1877)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) and

(1903) , Johnson (1934)— West Indies and Gulf of Mexico; Clench

and Turner (1957), Florida; Merrill and Petit (1965), Cape

Romain, S. C, 180 ft. depth, recently living shell.

EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#

2329, S-SE of Cape Hatteras (34°58.5' N; 75°26.5' W) , 180 ft.

depth, Dan Moore station #0359, shell with periostracum, 37/

19mm.

July, 1970 NAUTILUS 5

Cymatium (Septa) pileare (Linne, 1758)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) and

(1903) , Johnson (1934), Morris (1951) — Florida; Abbott (1954) ,

North Carolina; Clench and Turner (1957), Florida; Merrill and

Petit (1965), Cape Romain, S. C, 213-262 It. depth, fragments.

None examined by the author.

Cymatium vcspaceiim (Lamarck, 1822)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Abbott (1954), North

Carolina; Clench and Turner (1957) for C. gemmatiim (Reeve),

southern Florida. None examined by the author.

Distorsio (Rhysema) clathrata (Lamarck, 1816)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) lists two

varieties — reticulata and clathrata. As indicated by Clench and

Turner (1957), these varieties are now recognized as the follow-

ing respective species — D. clathrata (Lamarck) and D. mcgintyi

Emerson and Puffer. Dall (1889) for variety reticulata, Caribbean;

Dall (1889) for variety c/flf/iraifl. Cape Hatteras, 1 32-744 ft. depth,

common; Dall (1903) for species reticulata, Cape Hatteras; John-

son (1934) for D. clathrata (= D. reticulata). Cape Hatteras;

Smith (1945) and Morris (1951), Florida; Clench and Turner

(1957), Cape Hatteras; Abbott (1954), North Carolina; Cerame-

Vivas and Gray (1966), Carolinian and Tropical provinces off

North Carolina.

EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#

1268.1-1268.2*, 102 ft. depth off Cape Hatteras; IMS# 2363.1-

2363.60*, E-SE of Cape Hatteras, Dayi Moore stations: #0359

(34°58.5' N; 75°26.5' W) at 180 ft. depth, #0360 (34°59.5' N;

75°28' W) at 150 ft. depth, #0361 (34°59' N; 75°30.5' W) at 141

ft. depth, #0362 (34°57.5' N; 75°3r W) at 141 ft. depth, #0364

34°58.5' N; 75°28' W) at 186 ft. depth, #0365 (35°00' N;

75°28' W) at 153 ft. depth, #0366 (35°02' N; 75°28.5' W) at

123 ft. depth, 17.5/12.0 to 46.0/26.0 with an average of 34.8/

19.8mm; IMS# 1096.1-1096.11*, SE of Cape Lookout, 108-120 ft.

depth; IMS# 2305*, E of Cape Lookout (34°34' N; 76°01' W) ,

111 ft. depth, Dan Moore station #0371. L/W measurements of

total above specimens ranged between 17.5/12.0 and 67/40mm.

Distorsio (Rliysema) mcgintyi Emerson and Puffer, 1953

6 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) for Dis-

tortrix reticulata var. clathrata, Cape Hatteras, common; Abbott

(1954) for D. constricta mcgintyi, North Carolina; Clench and

Turner (1957), Palm Beach, Florida; Cerame-Vivas and Gray

(1966), Carolinian and Tropical provinces off North Carolina;

Menzies, et al. (1966), E of Cape Fear (Eastward stations #1087

and 1088), scarce at both stations, living specimens present at

#1088.

EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#

2359*, S-SE of Cape Hatteras (34°58.5' N; 75°28' W) , 186 ft.

depth, Dan Moore station #0364, 23.4/13.2mm: IMS# 1726.1-

1726.2, SE of New River Inlet (33°43.4' N; 76°41.7' W) , 213 ft.

depth, Eastward station #1088, 13.5/7.8 and 16.8/9.6mm; IMS#

Non, S and SE of Cape Lookout, Eastward stations: #4487 (34°

08.5' N; 76° 10.8' W) at 164 ft. depth, #7226 (34° 12.2' N; 76°

07.2' W) at 230 ft. depth, #7230 (33°52.5' N; 76°28.5' W) at

246 ft. depth, #7238 (33°52.0' N; 76°28.8' W) at 269 ft. depth,

35/22.3mm, 38.8/23.5mm, 24.1/1 3.5mm, 7.9/4.6mm. 7.9/4.6mm,

7.0/4.2mm; IMS# 2230*, SE of Cape Lookout (34°09.2' N; 76°

10.3' W), 170 ft. depth. Eastward station #10497, 26.8/16.4mm;

IMS# 2249, SE of Cape Lookout (34°07.2' N; 76°12.6' W) , 272

ft. depth. Eastward station #10508, 23.5/14. 8mm.

Discussion

The species Cyprcva cerviis, C. cinerea and C. spurca acicularis

occur off the North Carolina coast. These data reinforce earlier

published records questioned by recent authors.

Some confusion is indicated in the literature as to occurrence

of C. cerviis and/or C. zebra off the North Carolina coast. While

C. cerxnis has been collected living in North Carolina waters at

a depth just greater than 100 ft. near beds of Aeqiiipecten gibbus,

no specimens of C. zebra from North Carolina are known to exist.

Possibly Coues specimen of C. zebra was misidentified by Stimpson.

Dall (1903), later recording C. exantheyna north to Hatteras, may

have been referring to Coues record. Johnson (1934) , listing both

C e. exantheina and C. e. cerviis from North Carolina, may have

been referring both to Coues (1871) and Dall (1903). Location

of the Coues specimen is not known. Abbott (personal comnnmi-

cation) was unable to find it in the Philadelphia Academy of

July, 1970 NAUTILUS 7

Natural Sciences mollusk collection and the author found no

record of North Carolina specimens of these two s{)ecies in the

mollusk collection of the United States Museum of Natural History.

Cypvcra cinerea and C. spiirca aciciilaris occurred in deeper

water than C. cervus, about 70 km. off the North Carolina coast

near a submerged, Lithothamnion type reef (for reef reference

see Menzies et al., 1966) .

Of the species Cymatixirn labiosum, C. poulsenii, C. parthe-

nopeiini, C. krebsii, Distorsio clathrata and D. mcgmtyi occurring

off the North Carolina coast, only the record of C. krebsii is new.

Cymatium pileare and C. vespaceum, while recorded from the area

by Abbott (1954) , have yet to be seen by this author. Because of

the well-known highly adventurous nature of Cymatiid larvae, it

can be assumed that the two preceding species and possibly

others in the family will be found off the coast of North Carolina.

Collections in the Institute of Marine Sciences indicated D.

clathrata to be common east-southeast of Cape Hatteras at depths

between 106 and 186 ft. and D. rncgintyi, possibly less common, to

be found only in deeper waters near the submerged reef of Menzies

et al. (1966) . Ball's statement (1889) that D. rncgintyi = Distor-

trix reticulata var. clathrata is common off Cape Hatteras and that

D. clathrata = Distortrix reticulata var. reticulata is found only

in the Caribbean seemed to be an inverted error. Examination of

specimens in the United States Museum of Natural History showed

that Ball had not collected any D. clathrata from North Carolina

waters.

Of recorded North Carolina Cymatium spp., only C. labiosum

occurred near the above mentioned offshore reef while the others

were further inshore and near the Aequipecten gibbus beds.

The author here wishes to express his appreciation to the Gear

and Bevelopment Bivision of the United States Bureau of Com-

mercial Fisheries, the North Carolina Bivision of Commercial and

Sports Fisheries, the Oceanographic Program of the Buke Univer-

sity Marine Laboratory, the United States National Museum —

Bivision of Mollusks and the staff of the University of North

Carolina Institute of Marine Sciences for their part in this paper.

Literature cited

Abbott, R. T., 1954. American seashells. B. van Nostrand and Co.,

New York. 541 p.

8 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

,1968. Seashells of North America — A guide to field identifi-

cation. Golden Press, New York. 280 p.

Cerame- Vivas, M. J. and I. E. Gray, 1966. The distributional pat-

tern of benthic invertebrates of the continental shelf off North

Carolina. Ecology 47 (2) : 260-270.

Coues, E., 1871. Notes on the natural history of Fort Macon,

N. C., and vicinity. (No. 2). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. p.

120-148.

Clench, W. J. and Ruth D. Turner, 1957. The family Cymatiidae

in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia 5(36): 189-244.

Dall, W. H., 1889. Reports on the results of the dredging ... in

the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea by the . . . Steamer

'Blake.' Pt. II, Gastropoda and Scaphopoda. Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zool., 18, 492 p.

, 1903. A preliminary catalogue of the shell-bearing marine

mollusks and brachiopods of the south-eastern coast of tlie

United States. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 37, new ed., 232 p.

Dodge, H., 1953. A historical review of the mollusks of Linnaeus.

Part 2. The class Cephalopoda and the genera Conus and

Cyprcea of the class Gastropoda. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.

103: Art. 1, 134 p.

Johnson, C. W., 1934. List of marine mollusca of the Atlantic

coast from Labrador to Texas. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.

40(1): 1-204.

Menzies, R. J., O. H. Pilkey, B. W. Blackwelder, D. Dexter, P.

Huling and L. McCloskey, 1966. A submerged reef off North

Carolina. Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol. 5i (3) : 393-431.

Merrill, A. S. and H. J. Porter, 1966. Further note on distribution

of Cymatiidae in western Atlantic. Nautilus 80 (1): 31-32.

MeiTill, A. S. and R. E. Petit, 1965. Mollusks new to South

Carolina. Nautilus 79 (2) : 58-66.

, 1969. Mollusks new to South Carolina: II. Nautilus 52(4) :

117-122.

Morris, P. A., 1951. A field guide to the shells of our Atlantic and

Gulf coasts. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 236 p.

Porter, H. J. and C. E. Jenner, 1968. Notes on some mollusca off

the coast of North Carolina. Ann. Rpts. for 1967, Am. Malacol.

Union, p. 23-24.

Schilder, F. A. and M. Schilder, 1938-1939. Prodrome of a mono-

graph on living Cypraeidae. Proc. Malacol. Soc. London 23:

119-231.

Smith, M., 1945. East coast marine shells. 3rd ed., Edwards

Brothers, Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan. 314 p.

Tryon, G. W., 1885. Manual of conchology, 7. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila. 309 p.

July, 1970

NAUTILUS

EGGS AND ATTACHMENT SITES FOR

EGG CAPSULES OF VALVATA LEWISI

By BRUCE Z. LANG and NORMAN O. DRONEN, JR.

Eastern Washington State College

Department of Biology

Cheney, Washington 99004

The literature pertaining to reproductive features of Valvata

Miiller has been reviewed by Heard (1963). In this paper, the

author pointed out the seasonal reproduction of V. piscinalis of

Europe and Valvata of the Great Lakes region. Besides the sea-

sonal reproductive cycle, certain species of Valvata demonstrate a

preference for substrates during oviposition. Heard demonstrated

that V. tricarinata (Say) preferred plants over leaves of decidous

trees for oviposition. Also, more egg capsules were recovered from

the broader leaved aquatic plants than those having narrow or

needle-like leaves. The number of eggs per capsule and the time

rquired for hatching is quite variable for the various species of

Valvata that have been studied.

Valvata lewisi Currier has been reported from the western states

Fiq. 1

FiQ. £

FioJ

Figure 1. Egg capsule of Valvata lewisi attached to aquatic plant.

Figure 2. Incomplete surface striations on egg capsule.

Figure 3. Single egg showing filament.

10 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

by Henderson (1907. 1929) and Beetle (1965) . In the present

study, oviposition (egg capsule attachment) on various substrates

was studied for V. lewisi along with the morphology of the cap-

sule and egg, and the hatching time for eggs.

Valvata lewisi are present in the three Findly Lakes on the

Turnbull National Wildlife Refuge in eastern Washington (Spo-

kane Co.) . The three lakes are connected by ditches and the small-

est of the three usually dries up in the summer. The lakes are

shallow, 2.5 meters at their greatest depth with a mud-silt bottom

over one meter in depth, eu trophic, with a pH which varies from

7.2 in early spring to 9.5 in late summer. Total alkalinity is high

and the oxygen concentration shows considerable diurnal and

seasonal variation, from 20 percent saturation to 95 percent satura-

tion. The dominant plant species covering the bottom of the lakes

is Myriophyllum exalbescens Fern. Small patches of Elodea cana-

densis Michx. are scattered over the bottom, and the banks and

edges are characterized by Typha latifolia L. Pinus ponderosa

Dougl. is the dominant species of uee with a few Populus tremu-

loides Michx. being present. The invertebrate fauna of the lakes

is extremely rich.

Adult V. lewisi are usually not found in field collections until

after April 1. Collections during January, February and March

do not contain adults or young. Specimens are common through-

out April, but become increasingly difficult to obtain by the

middle of May.

Adult snails collected during the middle of April were main-

tained in aquaria in the laboratory for three days. At this time,

24 snails were transferred to four 414 inch fingerbowls, six snails

per bowl. Each fingerbowl contained filtered lake water, leaves of

Acer sacchariniim L. and P. tremuloides, sprigs of E. canadensis

and M. exalbescens, and small portions of the stalk of T. latifolia.

With the exception of the Maple leaves, these plants are present

in and around the Findly Lakes. Snails were maintained at room

temperature and were exposed to the natural photoperiod. Finger-

bowls were checked at intervals for egg capsules and their site

of attachment. Snail feces were removed at intervals and fresh

water was added.

During an 18 day period, 50 egg capsules were laid by the 24

snails. Forty egg capsules were studied in detail during this pe-

X

July, 1970 NAUTILUS 11

riod. The minimum hatching time is 12 days, the range being 12

to 18 days. From 2 to 6 eggs are present per capsule; the mean

number of eggs per capsule is 4.1. Capsules that are 24 hours old

range in size from 0.675 mm to 0.800 mm long. The egg capsule

is connected to the substrate by a short fiber (Fig. 1) . Incomplete

surface striations are present on the capsule (Fig. 2) . Eggs (Fig.

3) that are 24 hours old are 0.350 mm to 0.368 mm long (exclud-

ing the filament) . The single filament present on each egg varies

from 0.175 mm to 0.200 mm in length. Filaments of eggs are

not joined. The capsule splits along a longitudinal suture, releas-

ing the eggs which hatch within 24 hours. The shells of the

young snails show course transverse striations.

Of the substrates provided for capsule attachment, V. lewisi

demonstrated a high selectivity for the stalk and leaves of M.

cxalbescens (Table 1) . The broader leafed E. canadensis and the

leaves of the tree species were not favored as sites for capsule

attachment. In fact, the snails seemed to prefer glass above all

other substrates except M. exalbescens. This might be a reflection

of the total surface area that was available.

Unlike V. tricarinata, V. lewisi preferred the narrow leafed

aquatic Myriophyllum to the broader leafed plant Elodea. Valvata

lewisi has from 2 to 6 eggs (average 4.1) per capsule which is

close to the number of eggs recorded for V. cristata and V. tri-

carinata (Heard, 1963) . The hatching time for V. lewisi (12-18

days) at room temperature closely resembles that seen for V. tri-

carinata (Furrow, 1931) . In V. lewisi each egg case has its own

individual thread, much like V. tricarinata and V. cristata. The

egg capsule of V. lewisi splits along a longitudinal suture as the

embryos increase in size, spilling the egg cases to the bottom. This

is also seen in V. piscinalis and V. tricarinata. The embryonic

snails of V. lewisi appear to eat their way through the membranes

of the egg case as seen in V. tricarinata. Thus, in certain aspects

of reproductive biology, V. lewisi appears to resemble V. tricari-

nata, except that V. lewisi prefers the nanow leafed aquatic plant

Myriophyllum for egg capsule attachment.

The authors are grateful to Mr. Jon Malcomb, Manager of The

Turnbull National Wildlife Refuge, for his encouragement and

help during this study.

12 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

TABLE 1. Substrates and attachment sites for egg capsules of Valvata lewis i

Number of

capsules 29 15

Literature cited

Beetle, D. E. 1965, Nautilus, 18: 125-130.

Furrow, C. L. 1931, Trans. 111. State Acad. Sci. 24: 24-246.

Henderson, J. 1907, The University of Colorado Studies, 4: 167-

185.

. 1929. The University of Colorado Studies, 11: 47-190.

Heard, W. H. 1963, Nautilus, 11: 64-68.

ONE MORE SINISTRAL MESODON

By HAROLD S. FEINBERG

American Museum of Natural History

New York, New York 10024

A sinistral specimen of Mesodon inflectus (Say, 1821) was found

with two dextral snails of this species. The specimens were ob-

tained in the damp soil under a large slab of rock, in a steep

talus slope formed by the highway construction of Routes 19E

and 321, just south of Valley Forge, Carter County, Tennessee.

Sinistral or left-handed specimens of Mesodon are uncommon.

Over a hundred years ago, Tryon (1867, p. 104) wrote, "Reversed

Helices are not nearly so numerous in America as in Europe."

He listed the number of sinistral specimens of species which are

now known to belong to the genus Mesodon. He cited single

sinistral examples of M. elevatus (Say, 1821), M. thyroidus (Say,

1816), M. mitchellianus (Lea, 1839) and M. inflectus. The sec-

ond sinistral inflectus was collected by Leslie Hubricht in St.

Louis County, Missouri, and reported by Pilsbry (1940, p. 773).

A. G. Weatherby (1895, p. 94) reported three specimens of

sinistral M. thyroidus and one of M. mitchellianus. Some of these

July, 1970 NAUTILUS 13

records may be duplicates of those reported by Tryon 18 years

previously. Archer (1934, p. 148) reported two more sinistral

shells of M. thyroidus. Fluck (1934, p. 105) reported two left-

handed shells of M. zaletus (Binney, 1837) . Reigle (1962, p. 37)

in summarizing Pilsbry's (1940) data, noted that "Reversely

coiled snails have been recorded from a great many groups.

Among the Polygyridae, this condition is unusual, but has been

found in at least 10 species and 4 genera". Only two of these 10

species belong to the genus Mesodon. To substantiate Tryon's

statement concerning relative abundance of European and Ameri-

can helices, Knight (1905, p. 116-119) lists 11 species and 66

specimens of sinistral helices from England.

The three specimens of M. inflectus, including the left-handed

shell, collected by the author have been deposited in The Ameri-

can Museum of Natural History, AMNH No. 157293.

The presently recorded specimens were collected on June 4,

1969, in the company of (but not under the same rock as)

Mesodon rugeli (Shuttleworth, 1852), Triodopsis rugosa anteridon

Pilsbry, 1940, T. albolabris (Say, 1816) and Stenotrema steno-

trema (Pfeiffer, 1842). The subadult, sinistral shell measures:

Ht. 5.2 mm.; Diam. 9.2 mm. The two dextral shells measure:

Ht. 5.8 mm., Diam. 10.0 mm.; and Ht. 5.2 mm., Diam 9.2 mm.

I wish to thank Dr. William K. Emerson for kindly reading the

draft of this manuscript

References cited

Archer, Allen F. 1933. A Study of Polygyra inflectus (Say) . Occ.

Papers of Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool., No. 276; 1-8.

. 1934. Sinistral Land Snails from Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Nautilus, •/7(4): 148-149.

Fluck, William Henry. 1943. Abnormalities in Helix (Alabastrina)

lingitana Paladilhe, and Mesodon exoletus Binney. Nautilus 56

(3): 104-105.

Knight, G. A. Frank. 1905. On the Phenomenon of Sinistrorsity

in the Mollusca. Trans. Perthshire Soc. •/; 100-119.

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1940. Land Mollusca of North America. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phil. Monog. 3, (I) 2: 575-994.

Reigle, Norman J. 1962. Sinistral Polygyridae. Nautilus 76 (\):

36-37.

Tryon, George W., Jr. 1867. Scientific Intelligence. Amer. Jour.

Conch. Philadelphia 3: 104-106.

Weatherby, A. G. 1895. New Records of Reversed American

Helices. Nautilus 9: 94.

14 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

DEFENSIVE LIQUID DISCHARGE IN FLORIDA

TREE SNAILS (LIGUUS FASCIATUS)

BY T. EISNER AND E. O. WILSON

Cornell University and Harvard University

During recent field work on Lignumvitae Key, located near

Islamorada in the central Florida Keys, we noticed that indi-

viduals of the Florida tree snail Liguus fasciatus almost invariably

discharged copious quantities of a clear aqueous liquid when

prodded on the shell or body or picked off their arboreal perches

(see Figure 1 A-B) . Simultaneously the body was retracted for a

variable distance inside the shell. In order to test the obvious

hypothesis that this is a defensive response, we carefully trans-

ferred leaves bearing crawling snails next to a freshly disturbed

nest of the large, aggressive ant Camponotus floridanus. Most of

the worker ants were deterred by simple contact with the slimy

surfaces of the crawling snails. However, on several occasions

workers persisted long enough to attempt to bite soft portions of

the bodies of the snails. In these instances the Liginis performed

the withdrawal-and-discharge response; whereupon the ants re-

leased the snails at once and made no further attempt to cross the

barrier of discharged liquid (see Figure 1 C-E) .

We did not attempt to learn whether the discharge also serves

as a deterrent to attack by vertebrate predators. It may be sig-

nificant that so many different kinds of tree snails, like Liguus,

are brightly colored and rest in exposed positions on the trees and

bushes they inhabit. We suggest that the coloration might be

aposematic, operating in connection with the discharge response

or some comparable chemical defense mechanisms in the various

species of tree snails.

July. 1970

NAUTILUS

15

Figure 1. A, Liguus, crawling on twig. B, Disturbed individual, partly

withdrawn into shell, showing drop of discharged fluid. C, Ligiius in the

process of withdrawing from an ant. Freshly discharged liquid is seen to

bathe the foot of the snail. D, Ant struggling to escape from pool of liquid

discharged by snail. E, Ant perched atop a snail shell, cleaning itself after

having become contaminated with the discharge. Note particulate debris

stuck to wetted feet of ant.

16 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

GROWTH OF AMBLEMA PERPLICATA CONRAD

(PELECYPODA) IN A TEXAS RIVER

JOHN W. LITTLE' A\D HARRY W. CENTNERS

Department of Biology, Texas A&M University

College Station, Texas 77843

Growth studies of fresh-water clams under natural conditions in

this country are rather scarce. Lefevre and Curtis (1912) recovered

3 Lampsilis xientricosa Barnes at LaCrosse, Wisconsin, where they

were kept for 2 years (June, 1908-November, 1910) in a wire

cage. Howard (1922) reported that 10 Qiiadmla pustolosa Lea,

maintained in a concrete lined jx>nd at Fairport, Iowa (1913-

1916) grew an average 4.44-19.79 mm. Grier (1922) and Cham-

berlain (1931) recorded the age and growth (based on an analy-

sis of rings) of several species of clams from different areas of the

United States.

Our material was originally collected for a study in parasitology.

The data are presented here, nevertheless, to show the growth

of a clam from a southwestern river, under natural conditions (ex-

cluding possible pollution) , and to obtain some general idea of

the existing population and its abundance.

Materials and Methods

On April 7-8, 1966, a total 190 live clams were collected from

an area in the Little Brazos River, approximately 5 miles from

the mouth (Robertson County, Texas) . The pool was 40 m in

length, 5-7 m wide, with an average depth of 1 m. The bottom

topography consisted of loose sand and hard, even mud. The clams

were burrowed in the mud in clumps or occurred singly. The river

itself flows slowly through a fiat agricultural region, and un-

doubtedly contains varying amounts of insecticide residuals.

The unsexed mollusks were placed in pails of river water until

they were marked, weighed and measured. The clams were dried

with a towel and numbered on their disks with red fingernail

polish. They were weighed to 0.1 g and measured (height and

length) to the nearest mm, and returned to the same pool. No

mollusk was out of the stream longer than 3 hours.

' Present address: Dept. of Biology, Prairie View A&M College, Prairie

View, Texas 77445.

- Present address: Dept. of Zoology, University of Oklahoma, Norman,

Oklahoma.

July. 1^)70

NAUTILUS

17

Table 1. I'he species and nu.-Tiber of clams (living) present

and recovered from a pool in the Little Brazos

River. (Robertson County, Texas)

Species

Number of clams

marked April 7-6

Number recovered

September 16

Total 190

*1 dead (not included in Fig. E)

44*

2

1

46

Chemical or physical data were not obtained. According to the

U. S. Weather Bureau, rainfall was approximately 22 inches for

the period under study; the river over-flowed on at least one

occasion.

Results

On September 16, 1966, after a careful search 45 living, marked

clams were found. An undetermined number of unmarked clams

were also found. (There were all similar in size, and it is assumed

they were new to the pool and not marked clams with eroded

numbers.) One dead marked clam was also located.

In Table 1 the total number of species initially found and

marked are compared to the marked ones subsequently recovered.

The washboard clam, Amblema pcrplicata Conrad, was the most

abundant species in both collections. As noted in Table II, a com-

parison was made of individual growth rates, in terms of weight,

length and height between April 7 and September 16. Occa-

sionally, there was an increase in weight without a concomitant

increase in size, and in a few cases there was actually a small de-

crease in length. The dead, marked A. perplicata had grown 9 mm

in length before drying. The April collection group contained the

smallest population between 6 and 7 cm, but had a relatively large

population below and above that length (Fig. I) . In September,

the largest population consisted of clams that were over 8 cm in

length with only one specimen falling below 6.5 cm.

In Figure 2 the relationship between weight and length is shown

for the 110 A. perplicata from the April collection.

July, 1970

45 -

40 -

CO 3 5

< 30 -

" 25 -

« 20 -

^ 15

10 -I

5

NAUTILUS

April

___n September

/'

N;>. //

^:

19

— I— r

5 6

LENGTH

I I

7 8

(CM)

1^

10

110

Figure 1. The length-frequency for 110 Amblema perplicata from the

April collection as compared with 43 Amblema fyerplicata from the Septem-

ber collection.

11

10

9

2 -

... . .

. . •.. .

v.- .'

I I I I I I I I I I

30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300

WEIGHT (GRAMS)

Figure 2. Scatter diagram of the relationship between weight (living)

and total shell length for 110 Amblema perplicata from a single pool in the

Little Brazos River, Robertson Clounty, Texas. Large circles represent 2 to

4 clams of the same length and weight.

20 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

Discussion

Anibleyna perplicata was clearly the most abundant clam (Table

I). This substantiates the data of Gentner and Hopkins (1966)

who reported similar findings. Proptera purpurata Lamarck, the

second most prevalent species in this study, was not reported by

the above workers after the 1950-1956 drought; the cause of this

fluctuation is unknown.

The relatively fast growth of the younger clams as compared to

older ones is similar to the growth pattern of most multicellular

organisms. Okland (1963) found the same growth in a European

clam, Anodonta piscinalis Nills. It appears that many of the larger

clams reached a stationary phase in length and height; neverthe-

less, all clams except the Anodonta corpulenta Cooper gained sev-

eral grams. Although all A. perplicata increased in weight, it

seems certain that a few were approaching a plateau. For example,

notice the clams weighing 245.4 and 309.2 grams respectively,

frcm the April collection (Table II) .

That these relatively large clams had reached a stationary phase

in growth becomes more apparent when one considers the period

of the study was made within a maximal growth period (Howard,

1922) . Similarly, Rubbel (1912) observed relatively slower giowth

in larger Margaritana margaritifera.

The individual variation in growth is difficult to evaluate. For

example, in April we found 3 A. perplicata that weighed 170.0 to

170.1 g, respectively (Table II). Two of these clams gained

approximately 21 g in weight and 3-4 mm each in length. The 3rd

bivalve gained less than 6 g in weight and did not grow lengthwise.

The relatively small 6 to 7.5 cm population (64 to 120 g in wt)

of A. perplicata in the April group could reflect the ill effects of

the 1950-1956 drought. The greatest percentage of A. perplicata

in the September collection were the larger clams. This suggests

that smaller mollusks (under 50 g) were unable to re-establish

themselves after they were returned to the pool, or alternatively,

were dislodged more readily during a flash flood.

Since all clams were recovered from the same pool in which they

were originally found, there was a lack of migration for these

specimens. Presumably, the unmarked clams (all were A. perpli-

cata) moved in from other areas of the stream, as they were ap-

proximately all the same size. (It is unlikely the fingernail polish

Jul). 1970 NAUIII.US 21

dissolved since the numbered molluscs recovered showed no evi-

dence of mark deterioration.) The smaller specimens grew faster

in length than the larger clams, and after a stationary length was

obtained, growth was manifested chiefly by an increase in weight.

Acknowledgement

We thank Professor Harold Harry for reading and criticizing

the manuscript.

References

Chamberlain, Thomas K., 19.H1. Annual growth of freshwater

mussels. Bull. U.S. Bureau Fish. 46:712-739.

Centner, H. VV. and S. VV. Hopkins, 1966. Changes in the trema-

tode fauna of clams in the Little Brazos River, Texas. }. Para-

sitol. 52:458-461.

Crier, N. M., 1922. Observation on the rate of the shell of lake-

dwelling fresh-water mussels. Am. Midi. Nat. 8:129-148.

Howard, Arthur Day, 1922. Experiments in the cidture of fresh-

water mussels. Bull U.S. Bureau Fish. 38:63-89.

Lefevre, C. and W. C. Curtis, 1912. Studies on the reproduction

and artificial propagation of fresh-water mussels. Bull. U.S.

Bureau Fish. 30:105-201.

Okland, J. 1963. Notes on population density, age distribution,

growth, and habitat of Anodonta piscinnlis Nilss. (Moll.,

Lamellibr.) in a eutrophic Norwegian Lake. Nytt Mag. Zool

11:19-43.

Rubbel, von A. 1913. Beobachtungen iiber das Waxhstum von

M'lrgaritana tnargaritifcra. Zool. Anz. 41:156-162.

ALTERATIONS IN THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA

OF A MEROMICTIC, MARL LAKE

Bv WILLARD N. HARMAN

Biology Department

New York State University College

Oneonta, New York 13820

Abstract

Documented alterations of the physical characteristics in Creen

Lake, Onondaga Comity, New York, have correlated with changes

in the species composition of the molluscan fauna. Data indicates

that in the recent past rather extensive shallow littoral waters sup

ported dense populations of the larger pulmonate gastropods. A

reduction in lake level occurred that practically destroyed these

warm shallow areas. At this time, the littoral zone consists of an

22 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

extremely narrow and precipitous band around the lake, that sup-

ports only depauperate populations of mollusks.

Introduction^

The basin of Fayetteville Green Lake is located in deposits of

Onondaga Limestone a few miles east of Syracuse, New York. It is

characterized by precipitous shores, biohermic marl shelves at the

water's surface, high transparency, and its meromictic qualities

(Berg, 1963) . It is fed almost entirely by ground water. The one

important inlet is a small intermittent stream that empties Round

Lake, a smaller meromictic lake to the southwest (Fig. 1) . Green

Lake is about 1200m long, 400m wide, has a maximum depth of

61m and a surface area of about 26ha (Harman and Jackson,

1967) . It is flask shaped with the neck of the flask, the outlet

region, projecting northeast from the main basin (Fig. 1) . The

outlet flows northwest into Chittenango Creek which in turn

enters Oneida Lake. Oneida lies in the Oswego River Watershed

of the St. Lawrence Drainage Basin. Both Green and Round Lakes

were apparently formed as plunge basins during the last deglacia-

tion between 11,000 and 12,000 years ago (Nichols, 1967; Muller,

1967).

Methods

Samples of fresh-water mollusks have been taken from littoral

vegetation, surficial sediments, and from cores in various parts of

Green Lake. Collections have also been taken by coring and hand

collecting along the shores above the present surface of the Lake

and in the low-land between Round and Green Lakes. In all cases

where the collections included substrate and sub-fossil mollusks,

they were washed, and counted as described by Sparks (1961) .

Surficial sediment samples were taken in the "neck" of the Lake

(Fig. 1, 21-26; Table 2) utilizing dividing equipment. Plastic bags

were carried underwater to the collecting areas and masses of

characeous vegetation and inorganic substrate, including sedentary

organisms, were stuffed into the bags. Upon reaching the labora-

tory, the samples were dried for future sorting and identification

of mollusks. Samples of living mollusks were collected throughout

the Lake with a Walker dipper or by the utilization of diving

equipment. General collecting of living mollusks has taken place

^I wish to acknowledge data and ideas of Dr. G. J. Brunskill, now holding

a position at the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, who was originally

intended to be co-author of this manuscript.

July, 1970

NAUTILUS

23

SCALE

Om 100m

400m

Figure 1. Collection areas at Green Lake, Onondaga County, New York.

1-15 littoral samples of mollusks; 16-20 sub-littoral and profundal samples

of mollusks; 21-26 surficial sediment samples; 27-31 Green Lake core

samples; 32-40 between lake core samples.

24 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

all along die shores. Five cores were taken above and below the

water level of Green Lake by driving an aluminum alloy, 4cm

diameter core tube into the substrate by hand or with a hammer.

Fifteen centimeter portions of the bottom and top of each core

were taken as samples. Table 1 shows each species as a per cent

of the entire sample population from the bottom and top of each

core. Table 1 also illustrates the makeup of the living molluscan

community collected in core number 30. Core 27 was taken from

the marl bioherm at Deadman's Point (Fig. 1, DMP) about Im

above the present water level. Core 28 was taken from a buried

marl shelf 40 cm above the water level in the SSE sector of

the Lake, as shown in Fig. 1. Core 29 was collected from a marl

substrate in about 5m of water (Fig. 1, 29) . Core 30 was taken in

the present littoral zone in a Chara bed, having living snails at

the top of the core (Fig. 1, 30) . Core 31 was from the land mass

separating Green and Round Lakes (Fig. 1, 31) at an elevation

above lake level of less than one meter. Samples collected in the

low-lying area between Green and Round Lakes (Fig. 1, 32-40)

were taken to determine the stratigraphy and origin of the under-

lying soils.

In all the samples it is apparent that there has been a great deal

of post mortem sorting and transport of empty shells. In the pre-

cipitous littoral areas slumping has often occurred creating all

kinds of pseudo-associations. Furthermore, erosion of marl deposits

now above the surface of Green Lake results in the continual

contamination of even recent surficial sediments with sub-fossil

specimens washing down from above. Because of these phenomena

I believe that more than a comparison between living (including

recently dead) and sub-fossil molluscan species lists would be mis-

leading and contain serious errors. Shells have been considered

"recently dead" if they still retain their translucent appearance

and if all periostracal and shell pigments remain as they are in

living specimens.

Comparison from one core to another is only possible by some

method of dating or correlation. Absolute elevation is the only

criterion of age that has been feasible to use. I feel it is acceptable,

because the change in molluscan fauna has been so recent that

many extinct species are still found on the surface of even undis-

turbed sediments.

July, 1970 NAUTILUS 25

REDUcmoNS IN Lakk Level

The surface level of Green Lake has dropped about 1.5 to 2.0m

in the recent past. Important evidence of higher water levels in

Green Lake is demonstrated by the presence of soft marl terraces

that occur sporadically around tlie Lake about 2m above the

present surface. These benches are particularly well developed in

the vicinity of Deadman's Point. The deposits contain several

species of aquatic mollusks in abundance and were obviously laid

down as sub-surface lacustrine sediments. Cores 27, 28, and 31

were taken in these areas.

Another indication of higher water levels in Green Lake is re-

flected in the fonner drainage pattern between Round and Green

Lakes. The elevation of Round Lake is about 3m above the pres-

ent surface of Green, being separated from the latter by a broad

valley. Cores taken in this lowland, (Fig. 1, 32-40) show sorted

layers of organic matter, fine grained marl deposits containing

aquatic mollusks, and clay in discontinuous and independent pat-

terns. It is apparent that marshes or a very slow-moving braided

stream occupied this site. These types of environment could not

have been present if the two lakes had not once had approximately

the same surface elevation.

Indirect evidence lies in the relationships between the biohermic

shelves in both lakes and the respective water levels in each. Active

bioherms in Round Lake are found about 1.5m below the water's

surface. These reef-like masses in Green Lake are at the present

surface of the water and appear to be wasting away. Since the

formation of the bioherms in both lakes can be assumed to have

the same origin, it would seem that these structures would have

been formed at about the same depths. It appears that the forma-

tions in Round Lake remain active because they have maintained

the same relationship to the factors tending to build them since

their genesis. The reefs in Green Lake are victims of a changing

environment and are now being degraded. Since the latter are

presently at the surface, and those in Round Lake are 1.5m below

the surface, the indication is that the level of Green Lake has

lowered about 1.5m.

The ages of trees growing in the bottom land between the lakes,

as determined by increment borings, and historical data concern-

ing the construction of the Erie Canal, indicate that the level of

26

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (1)

u

E

»0

to

0)

o

ro

C

U3

m

July, 1970

NAUTILUS

27

Table 2. Surficial Sediment Samples

*F = % Sub-fossil specimens in total sample

*L = % Living or recently dead specimens in total sample

28 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

Green Lake changed about 150 years ago. The oldest trees living

in the flatland are Thuja occidentalis L. and Tsuga canadensis

(L.) Carr. both of which may be found in abundance in swampy

environments. The oldest specimen of T. occidentalis cored was

about 140 years of age and the largest individual T. canadensis

was about 150 years old. Obviously Green Lake has been at its

present level for at least 150 years or the trees could not have

grown there. Thuja occidentalis may attain an age of 400 years,

and T. canadensis an age of 600 years (Harlow and Harrar, 1958) .

Therefore, it is possible that the age of these trees indicates the

approximate time that the level of Green Lake was lowered. The

outlet of Green Lake was dredged and straightened in conjunction

with the building of the original Erie Canal which officially opened

in 1825, 145 years ago (Fig. 1) . If the excavation of the Green

Lake outlet had taken place 5 to 10 years before the opening of

the Canal, it is probable that this construction was the cause of

the change in surface elevation.

Before the level of the Lake dropped, the marl terraces and the

upper surfaces of the bioherms formed rather extensive horizontal

littoral areas around the Lake. The dike between Round and

Green Lakes was at least one-third covered by water and must

have formed a vast area exhibiting conditions optimal for the

growth and reproduction of the larger aquatic pulmonates. Since

the level of the Lake has receded, these horizontal littoral areas

have been almost completely destroyed. At this time, almost all

littoral substrates are precipitous and very restricted in area.

MoLLuscAN Fauna

The following species of Gastropoda, formerly abundant in

Green Lake, now appear to be extinct: Helisoma anceps (Menke) ,

Planorbidae; Physa ancillaria Say, Physid^e, Lymntea humilis Say,

and LymncBa catascopium Say; both Lymnaeidae. All of these snails

are large (they reach at least 1cm in height at maturity) pulmon-

ates. In central New York H. anceps is often collected on silt

covered bottoms in brooks and on shallow silty lacustrine sub-

strates. Habitats approximating these are restricted to a small area

in the neck of the Lake, most of which is too deep into the thermo-

cline to allow for optimal growth during the summer months.

Clark Reservation Lake, another nearby meromictic, marl, plunge

basin lake which is much like Green, has a very shallow littoral

July, 1970 NAUTILUS 29

area supporting a dense population of this species. Physa ancillaria

appears to be uncommon in central New York and has been re-

placed by Physa heterostropha Say in Green Lake. Lymncea

hnmilis usually occurs on mud flats and other silt covered sub-

strates at the water's sinface. This type of habitat is not present

in Green Lake. I have found Lyynnaa catascopiiun on fine in-

organic substrates in rather productive waters from 1 to 5m in

depth throughout the Oswego watershed in central New York.

Other species of mollusks now living in the Lake are Gyraulus

pmi'us (Say) and Promenetiis exaaious (Say) , both Planorbidae,

Amnicola lustrica Pilsbry, Hydrobiidae, Valvata tricarinata (Say),

Valvatidse, and Pisidium sp.; Sphaeriidae.

All of the gastropods present are small (5mm or less) species

that are common in littoral waters throughout New York State

where they often occur abundantly in dense vegetation. In Green

Lake they may be found by diligent searching in beds of Chara sp.

in the shallows. Species of Pisidium that occur in lentic environ-

ments are normally found in woodland pools on a substrate of

deciduous leaves or on silty bottoms in waters of various depths

(Herrington, 1962). A few living specimens have been found in

Green Lake on soft marl bottoms with a high organic content.

Recently, an operculate gastropod has invaded Green Lake from

Chittenango Creek via the outlet stream. In 1935 Eggleton (1956)

observed Goniobasis livescens (Menke) (Pleuroceridae) at the

extreme north end of the Lake adjacent to the outlet. In 1965 the

species was found on the east, west, and north shores of the Lake,

(Brunskill and Ludlam, 1967; Harman and Jackson, 1967).

Goniobasis livescens has not yet advanced to the inlet or to Round

Lake.

Conclusions

It is felt that the larger pulmonate snails that are not dependent

on oxygen tensions in the water (they are able to utilize atmo-

spheric air) compete better in wann, shallow environments that

may be low in oxygen, but high in productivity. Prosobranchs

depend upon oxygen in solution in the water and are better able

to compete in highly oxygenated habitats even though the nutrient

levels may be very low. Small pulmonates are able to exist in either

situation because of their ability to respire atmospheric air and

because of their surface/volume relationships which are such as to

30 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

allow respiration via diffusion of oxygen from the water through

epidennal membranes.

Observations indicate that approximately 150 years ago, the

dredging of the outlet channel of Green Lake lowered the level of

the lake about 1 .5m, reducing its surface area and destroying much

of the horizontal littoral habitat. The larger pulmonates that were

previously favored by the warm, shallow, comparatively productive

waters were then forced to compete with prosobranchs and small

pulmonates in a cold, oligotrophic habitat that was more optimal

for the latter. This has resulted in the local extinction of the larger

pulmonate snails in Green Lake.

References

Berg, C. O. 1963. Middle Atlantic States, p. 191-237. hi Frey, D.

G. (ed.) Limnology in North America. Univ. Wisconsin Press,

Madison.

Brunskill, G. J. and S. D. Ludlam. 1967. A summary of some stu-

dies on the calcareous sediments of Fayetteville Green Lake,

New York, p. 215-243. In Jackson, D. F. (ed.) Some aspects of

meromixis. Dept. Civil Eng., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse.

Eggleton, F. E. 1956. Limnology of a meromictic, interglacial,

plunge-basin lake. Trans. American Mic. Soc. 75:334-378.

Harlow, W. M. and E. S. Harrar. 1958. Textbook of dendrology.

McGraw-Hill, N. Y., 561 p.

Harman, W. N. and D. F. Jackson, 1967. A late winter survey of

the macroscopic invertebrates in Green Lake, Fayetteville, New

York, p. 188-214. In Jackson, D. F. (ed.) Some aspects of mero-

mixis. DejDt. Civil Eng., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse.

Herrington, H. B. 1962. A revision of the Sphaeriidae of North

America (Mollusca: Pelecypoda) . Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool., Univ.

Michigan 118:1-74; PI. 1-7.

Muller, E. H. 1967. Geologic setting of Green and Round Lakes

near Fayetteville, New York, p. 96-121. In Jackson, D. F. (ed.)

Some aspects of meromixis, Dept. Civil Eng., Syracuse Univ.,

Syracuse.

Nichols, L. 1967. Clay and carbonate mineralogy of the sediments

of a meromictic lake, p. 122-150. In Jackson, D. F. (ed.) Some

aspects of meromixis. Dept. Civil Eng., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse.

Sparks, B. W. 1961. The ecological interpretation of quaternary

non-marine mollusca. Proc. Linnean Soc. London 172 Session

1959-60:71-80.

July, 1970 NAUTILUS 31

A FORGOTTEN PERIODICAL OF

WEST AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY

BY BARRY ROTH AND JAMES T. CARLTON

California AcadciiiN of Sciences

San l-rancisco, California 94118

Research by the authors among the papers and letters of Josiah

Keep (1849-1911), now preserved in the library of Mills College,

Oakland, California — where Keep was an instructor for many

years — has brought to light copies of a publication apparently

immentioned in moUuscan literature.

The Conchologist^ was a typeset pamphlet originating at Ala-

meda, California, edited by Albion Doe, a young student and

acquaintance of Keep. Volume 1, Number 1, dated January' 1901,

identifies the publication as "the official organ of the Isaac Lea

Chapter of Conchology [No. 119]" of the Agassiz Association, and

bears an AA monogram such as used by that Association. The

Conchologist was distributed free to chapter members and was

available to others by subscription, at a cost of 40 cents per year.

The Mills College library possesses one copy each of Ninnbers

1, 2, and 3 of Volume 1 (January, February, and March, 1901,

respectively) , which contain six, six, and eight pages. Dating of

the issues may be questionable, as the February issue is also im-

printed "January", and one page of the March issue is headed

"February", but these irregularities look like printers' errors. The

copies are in an advanced stage of deterioration and, as we have

found, may crumble at a touch. Evidence within The Conchologist

itself suggests that subsequent numbers may have been issued. The

third number is larger than the preceding two. The editor states

his intention to publish the contents of a clipping sent to him, and

to continue a serialized article in "the May issue".

A search of several journals of the time (including The Nau-

tilus and The West American Scientist) has failed to reveal any

mention of The Conchologist, and we have been unable to locate

any reference to it among the Keep letters and papers at Mills

College. There appear to be no other copies in institutions around

' Not to be confused witii The Conchologist: A (.)iiarterly Magazine for

Conchologists (1891) , nor The Conchologist: A Journal of Malacology

(1893) . both carlv names of the British periodical. The Journal of Mala-

cology, nor the book, The Conchologist, by John C. Warren, Boston, 1834.

32 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

San Francisco. Since the chapter's membership roster published in

Number 3 lists members in Maryland, Illinois, Florida, and Wash-

ington, D. C, as well as in California, it is possible that sets of the

periodical may be preserved in other parts of the country.

Content of the journal deals mainly with the mollusks of the

San Francisco Bay region; seven of the articles contain reports on

the occurrence of various species, native and introduced. An anony-

mous article records twelve species of mollusks from pilings of the

Bay Farm Island Bridge, near the Oakland estuary, Alameda

County. Also included are a column of exchange offers, a review

of one issue of The Nautilus, and an article by Josiah Keep about

the study of conchology. No new taxa are proposed.

From Keep's correspondence, it seems apparent that by the late

1 890's the Isaac Lea Chapter as originally organized (Leach, 1 890,

1894) was losing member support. The very fact that it was a

corresponding chapter and, instead of holding meetings, mailed a

bound volume of reports from one member to another around the

country, may have worked against its survival. It is possible that

TJie Conchologist came out of an attempt by Keep to reorganize

the chapter among younger enthusiasts in the Oakland-Alameda

area. Until the year 1900, the chapter used The Nautilus and

Popular Science Neios for publication of selected reports.

Photographic copies of the three numbers will be placed in the

California Academy of Sciences and other institutions; Mills Col-

lege retains the originals. We wish to thank Miss Flora Elizabeth

Reynolds, Librarian, and Mrs. Mary Manning Cook, Reference

Librarian, Mills College, Oakland, for permitting us to examine

this publication and allowing copies to be made.

Literature Cited

Leach, M. L. 1890. The Isaac Lea Chapter, Agassiz Association.

Nautilus, '/(3):31-32.

1894. Isaac Lea Chapter, Agassiz Association. Nautilus,

.?(1):10-11.

NOTES

Fluxina Dall is a Calliostoma Swainson. — Dall (1881)

erected Fluxina, type species Fluxina brunnea Dall 1881, and

placed it in the Architectonicidae. Here it has remained, without

question, to this day. While studying the Architectonicidae, I

July. 1970 NAUTILUS 88

found that F. brunnea possesses the cliaracteiistics of Calliostoma

and is, in fact, already represented in that genus under the name

of C. tejedori Aguayo 1949. Of course, Aguayo's name must be

suppressed in favor of Ball's earlier name. Calliostoma brimneum

has two major characters that easily separate it from the Architec-

tonicidae — the protoconch is orthostrophic, and the interior of the

aperture is highly iridescent. The correct synonymy follows:

Calliostoma brunneum (BALL)

Fluxina brunnea Ball 1881. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., P (2) : 52

(type locality, Blake sta. 2, off Morro Light, Habana, Cuba, in 805

fms.; type specimen. Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 7463);

Ball 1889. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 18 {\2) : 273, pi. 22, figs. 6, 6a.

Calliostoma (Astele) tejedori Aguayo 1949. Revista de la Socie-

dad Malacologica "Carlos de la Torre", 6 (3) : 94, pi. 4, fig. 7

(type locality. Arenas de la Chorrera, Habana, Cuba, in 3-15 fms.;

type specimen, Museo Poey, Universidad de la Habana, Cuba, no.

12389 [presently on loan to the Museum of Comparative Zoology];

Clench and Turner 1960. Johnsonia, 4 (40) : 73, pi. 54.

Remarks. The synonymization of Fluxina with Calliostoma of

the Trochidas is important since it eliminates one of the five

genera given by Thiele (1929) and Wenz (1939) for the Architec-

tonicidae of the western Atlantic.

Clench and Turner (1960) remark that Calliostoma tejedori

[= C. brunneu?n] is ". . . known only from the holotype specimen

which was taken from the pile of construction sand at Habana,

Cuba, known as the Arenas de la Chorrera." Since Clench and

Turner did not associate their species with Ball's Fluxina brunnea,

they did not include all locality records. I do so now to complete

the known geographic distribution of the species.

Range. From off Cuba to the Barbados in depths of 3-15 to 966

fms.

Specimens examined. Cuba: off Habana in 80 fms. (U.S. Nat.

Mus.) ; Blake sta. 2, off Morro Light, Habana, in 805 fms. (Mus.

Comp. Zool.) ; Arenas de la Chorrera, Habana, in 3-15 fms.

(Museo Poey). Jamaica: Albatross sta. 2140, So. of Kingston

(17°36'10" N. Lat.; 76°46'05'' W. Long.) in 966 fms. (U.S. Nat.

Mus.) . Barbados: off Barbados in deep water (U.S. Nat. Mus.) .

— Arthur S. Merrill, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of

Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Oxford, Maryland

21654

34 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

Literature Cited

Clench, W. J. and R. D. Turner. 1960. Johnsonia, 4 (40) : 1-80.

Dall, W. H. 1881. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 9 (2) : 33-144.

Thiele, J. 1929. Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde,

Pt. 1, Berlin. 376 pp.

Wenz, W. 1939. Handbuch der Palaozoologie, Berlin. Pt. 3:

Prosobranchia, 6 (1) : 481-720.

Malacology in Mainland China. — Little information has been

available on the mollusks of mainland China since 1949. During

the last 20 years, however, several important items have ap|)eared,

some without abstracts in a Western European language.

Recently the Joint Publications Research Service of the Depart-

ment of Conmierce has issued publication "JPRS 45744, Com-

munist Chinese Scientific Abstracts, No. 2," which is available

from the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical In-

formation, Springfield, Virginia 22151, for $3.00. Peters (1969,

Copeia, no. 1, pp. 214-215) has commented on the herpetological

papers and noted that nearly 600 zoological contributions are

abstracted in this publication, giving a reasonably broad indi-

cation of the status of zoological research in mainland China as

of July 1964, when the Conference was held in Peking. Since the

Cultural Revolution (1966) , even the standard zoological journals

of Communist China have ceased publication.

Of the 31 abstracts presented on mollusks, most (14) were con-

tributed by members of the Chinese Academy of Sciences at

Peking with various institutes, particularly the Institute of Ocean-

ography, leading the list with 7 titles. About 10 provincial uni-

versities and research centers were responsible for the remaining

papers. Studies on economically and medically important mollusks

seem to dominate: ecology of Oncomelania in the Wu-Hu (Lake

in Hsin-Chou Hsien, experiments on Oncomelania in relation to

speed of water flow, seasonal variation in the physiology of Onco-

melania, embryology of Parafossarulus, ecology and reproduction

of Corbicula fliiminea, morphology of Radix plicatula, oyster

farming and the distribution of Area subcrejiata in Liaoning,

rates of filter-feeding in 3 bivalves {Ostrea, Mytilus and Chlamys) ,

and embryology and life history of the estuarine solecurtid Sino-

novacula constricta.

July. 1970 NAUTILUS 35

Several fresh-water surveys were reported, some without ab-

stracts. Thus, over 40 species ot fresh-water bivalves and gastro-

pods of the large inland reservoirs and natural lakes Tung-t'ing

Hu, [Hunan] P'u — Yang Hu [Poyang Hu, Kiangsi], Tung Hu

of \Vu — Ch'ang, and Hua-ma Hu of Hupeh are delineated. There

are also reviews of the fresh-water bivalves of the Chunking Area

and the economically important species in the T'ai-yuan Area,

Shansi. Some 21 species of pulmonates of Kwangtung and Hainan

are listed but this is a very incomplete list [with only 1 succineid,

2 subulinids, 6 ariophantids, 4 pleurodontids, 1 achatinid, 3

fruticicolids, 2 streptaxids and 1 philomycid!!].

At least 7 papers deal with the marine mollusks of the inshore

waters of coastal China. Species of the bivalve families Pteriidae

(16 species), Chamidae (9 species) and Nuculanidae (13 species)

are reviewed. Of neogastropods, 5 Miirex, 1 Pterynotus, 7 Chico-

rexis and 20 Drupa are listed. Seven species of pleurobranchids

are discussed. Some 32 species of cephalopods from Fukien are

reviewed and data on catch-statistics and local distribution pre-

sented.

Several papers abstracted here appeared in a complete form

in Acta Zoologica Sinica (Vols. 14-17) , particularly the surveys

of the fresh-water lakes by the Institute of Zoology and the two

most distinguished malacologists, Hsi Chang (sometimes rendered

Si Tchang) and Yueh-ying Liu. Additionally several groups of

marine mollusks (aplysiids, pinnids, venerids, cardiids, olivids,

teredinids, muricids, tellinaceans, cephalopods, janthinids, ptero-

pods and heteropods) have received monographic treatment in

Studia Marina Sinica, (vols. 1-8) issued by the Institute of Ocean-

ography. K. J. Boss, Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. 02138.

LiTTORiNA IN Louisiana. — Three species of Littorina, none of

them previously reported from Louisiana, were found on jetties

during the summer of 1960. Littorina irrorata (Say) , a character-

istic saltmarsh species of the northern Gulf coast, is also found

on jetties. The specimens are deposited in the Tulane University

Invertebrate Collections. Littorina angiilifera ; (Lamarck, 1822).

Grand Isle, Jefferson Parish, La., east end near Barataria Pass; 25

Aug. 1960. Littorina nebulosa (Lamarck, 1822) . Same locality and

date. Littorina ziczac (Gmelin, 1790). Mouth of Bayou LaFourche,

36 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1)

LaFourche Parish, La.; 28 July 1960. The distributions of these

snails is discussed by Hedgpeth (Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., 3(1):111-

224. 1953) and Bingham (Nautilus, 52 (4) : 146-147, 1969).—

Alfred E. Smalley, Dept. Biol., Tulane Univ., New Orleans, La.

70118.

CORBICULA MANILENSIS (PhILIPPI) IN LoVVER FLORIDA. R. F.

Schneider (1967, Nautilus 81: 68) has reported upon this Asiatic

clam in northern Florida (as C. fluminea Miiller ( = manilensis) )

from the Escambia River, near Century, Escambia Co., to the

Withlacoochee River, Inglis, Levy Co. (not the different Withla-

coochee River, Madison Co., an important confluent of the Su-

wannee River) . My thanks are due to Mrs. Muriel E. Hunter of

Pinellas Park, Florida, for a series of C. manilensis from Lake

Hicpochee, Caloosahatchee River Canal, collected in 1969. This

extension into the Caloosahatchee-Lake Okeechobee System will

lead to its distribution all over the lower Florida peninsula.

The rapid spread of this species, from its first known record in

1938 from the lower Columbia River in Washington to the

Caloosahatchee-Lake Okeechobee system in lower Florida in 1969,

is unique in the history of fresh-water molluscan dispersal in

North America. It is possible that this little fresh-water clam may

be able to pass through the intestinal tract of aquatic birds in a

viable condition and thus enable it to pass from one river system

to another, sometimes over fairly long distances. — William J.

Clench, Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. 02138.

Dates of the Nautilus. — Vol. 83, No. 1 mailed July 28, 1969.

No. 2, Oct. 31. No. 3, Jan. 23, 1970. No. 4, April 30.

A Newsletter^ entitled Achatina^ is to be issued in the spring

of 1970, dealing with the land and fresh-water mollusks of Africa,

Madagascar and adjacent islands. It will give names and addresses

of persons interested in this area, notes concerning current re-

search, proposed expeditions, and bibliographies. Interested re-

search workers may write Dr. J. -J. Van Mol, Zoologie Syst^matique,

Univ. Libre de Bruxelles, 50 Avenue F. D. Roosevelt, Bruxelles,

Belgium.

July, 1970 NAUTiLi.s iii

Publications Received

Abbott, R. Tucker. 1970. How to Know the American Marine

Shells. Revised edition, 222 pp., 12 col. pis., text figs. Signet

paperbound book Y 4233. |1.25. New American Library, N.Y.

Herm, Dietrich. 1969. Marine Pliozan und Pleistozan in Nord- und

Mittel-Chile unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Entwick-

lung der Mollusken-Faunen. Zitteliana, vol. 2, 159 pp., 18 pis.

An excellent detailed paleo-conchological study.

Starmiihlner, Ferdinand. 1969. Die Gastropoden der Madagassi-

chen Binnengewasser. A very extensive and well-illustrated study

of the anatomy, habits and geographical distribution of 29 spe-

cies of fresh-water Madagascar gastropods. Malacologia, vol. 8,

nos. 1-2, pp. 1-434, 569 illus.

WORLD WIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS for sale. New 1970

Price List on request. "Illustrated Catalog of Popular Mar-

ginella Species" now available also, 117 species shown with

full data and values listed with cover in color. Price $2.00.

PHILLIP W. CLOVER

Apartado de Correos 22

Rota Cadiz, Spain

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists

of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-

ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also

included. To obtain free copies write:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.

LIVING VOLUTES

A Monograph of the Recent Volutidae of the World

by Clifton S. Weaver

and

John E. du Pont

This is the first scholarly review of this colorful and

popular group of seashells within the last hundred years.

Over 200 species and subspecies are beautifully illustrated

in full natural colors on 79 plates. Color photographs of liv-

ing animals in their natural habitats add splendor to this

remarkable book. Dozens of carefully executed anatomical

drawings and distributional maps supplement the lucid

scientific text to enable easy identification. Hundreds of de-

tailed synonomies are given.

Ten years of collecting, visiting foreign museums to

photograph types, searching 200 years of hterature, and

assembling biological and geographical data on the part of

the two authors have produced a classic and definitive treat-

ment of this major family of mollusks. Numerous leading

malacologists, including Dr. Harald A. Rehder of the Smith-

sonian Institution, Dr. Ruth D. Turner of Harvard Univer-

sity, and Dr. Donald F. McMichael of Australia, have as-

sisted in checking various parts of the text.

Foreword by R. Tucker Abbott

Delaware Museum of Natural History

400 pages, 9 x 12 inches Text figures and maps

79 full-color plates Bound. Price: ^55.00

Pre-publicotion price ^38.50

If payment is received before October 1, 1970.

Delaware Museum of Natural History

Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A.

Vol. 84 OCTOBER, 1970 ^^2

THE

NAUTILUS

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

R. Tucker Abbott, du Pont Chair of Malacology

Delaware Museum of Natural History', Greenville, Del. 19807

Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Cheken Road, Havertown, Pa.

(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)

Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department

La Salle College, Philadelphia. Pa. 19141

CONTENTS

The Leo George Hertlein Honor Issue

Biographical sketch of Leo G. Hertlein.

By Warren O. Addicott 37

Taxa proposed in honor of Leo G. Hertlein from 1926 to 1969.

By Barry Roth 42

Bibliography of Leo G. Hertlein for the period of 1925-1970.

By Warren O. Addicott 43

Names proposed by Leo G. Hertlein from 1925 to 1970.

By Barry Roth 52

New Pliocene Chlamys (Swif toped en) and Beringius from the

Alaska Peninsula. By F. S. MacNeil 69

Pelecypocls, successful invaders of the infauna.

By David Nicol 75

News iii

$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.

Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager

II Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083

Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.

Marine Biol gi al Lsi/ora.o.y

U I B R A ■-" •

OCT 9 1970

NAUTILUS:

A quarterly journal devoted to the study of mollusks, edited and published

by R. Tucker Abbott, Horace B. Baker (editor emeritus) and Charles B.

Wurtz. Business and subscription manager: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, 11 Chelten

Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 19083.

AUTHORS PLEASE NOTE

Matter for publication should be sent to the editor-in-chief. Dr. R. Tucker

Abbott, Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware 19807.

Please give your reprint order, if any, when submitting your manuscript.

Kindly attempt to conform with the fonnat of the journal, including the style

of the references cited and the use of figure numbers of the illustrations.

Please correct and return galley proof within 24 hours. The editors reserve

the right to ignore unnecessary changes. Authors are charged for engraving

blocks of photographs or drawings at cost. Minimum charge for each block is

■JS.OO. The publishers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $40 per

page of text for state or federally financed research in order to cover costs.

Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be \VRnTEN on or

ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT. REPRINTS are shipped, with invoiccs,

by PONY PRINTING, 4 Cloverdale Avenue, Upper Darby, Pennsylvania

19082. PURCHASE ORDERS, when required, and shipping instructions,

MUST accompany original ordei^s. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work because

of delayed receipt of purchase orders will be charged for accordingly.

TEXT PAPER 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.

First, 100 copies 3.70 8.20 16.40 24.40 30.60

Additional 100 ;..... .80 2.95 6.50 9.90 U.45

PLATE PAPER

First 100 copies 4.00 8.75 17.45 25.95 32.70

Additional 100 ,,. 1.05 3.50 7.55 11.45 13.55

Prices subject to change without notice. Postage extra.

The Nautilus is an official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from

Mrs. Marion S. Hubbard, 3957 Marlow Ct., Seaford, N. Y. 11783.

Back Issues: Vols. 1-71, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,

Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017. Vols. 72 to date are

available from the NAirriLus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania

19083, and vary in price.

In SATISFACTION OF POSTAL REGULATION 132-622.

Owners (but non-profit) : Dr. X: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Dr. Charles B.

Wurtz, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott. Paid subscriptions: 575, shipped by mail.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 October, 1970 No. 2

LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN HONOR ISSUE

RV MIS lUIKNDS

We are particularly indebted to Dr. R. Tucker Abbott, one of

the editors and publishers of The Nautilus, for permitting us to

devote a number of this journal in honor of Dr. Leo G. Hertlein.

\Villiam K. Emerson of the American Museum of Natural History

contacted some of the many friends of Dr. Hertlein for scientific

contributions in his honor. The response to this soliciting was ex-

tremely good. David Nicol of the University of Florida, and his

wife Helen V. Nicol, collated and did some of the editing of the

manuscripts. We believe we can speak for all when we say that it

is a great pleasure to pay tribute to a man who has willingly done

so much for others.

Not all of the manuscripts honoring Dr. Hertlein can be pub-

lished in one number of The Nautilus. For this reason we list

here the contributions to appear in the next issue honoring oiu-

esteemed friend:

Cadulus (Gadila) perpusiUus (Sowerby, 1832) , an earlier name

for C. (G.) panamensis Sharp and Pilsbry, 1898, by William K.

Emerson.

The ecological significance of Thyasira bisecta Conrad, by

Saburo Kanno.

New record for a rare Galapagos land snail, by Allyn G. Smith.

BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH OF LEO HERTLEIN^

BV WARREN O. ADDICOTT

U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California 94025

Leo George Hertlein, the youngest of four childien, was bom

in 1898 on a farm in Pratt County, Kansas. Although his family

moved to Wichita when he was 10 years of age, Leo continued to

spend summers on the farm. He attended public schools in Kansas,

' Based in part upon an anonymous "Biographical sketch [of] Leo G. Hert-

lein" in the Ckinchological Club of Southern California Bull., v. 4, no. 5,

p. S17-S19, 1963.

- ■' ■ 37

38 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

graduating from Wichita High School in 1916. After graduation,

he spent a year working in the city before heading west to visit a

sister in Idaho. This trip eventually took him to the Pacific coast

where he enrolled in the University of Oregon. Electing to major

in geology, his introduction to paleontology was in a course given

by Dr. Katherine Van Winkle Palmer. He took additional course

work in paleontology under Dr. Earl L. Packard, a gifted teaclier

who produced many other well-known paleontologists (including

H. G. Schenck, H. V. Howe, Siemon Muller, and Orville Bandy).

While at the University, Leo took out part of a year for a brief

stint in the merchant marine. His summers were spent in a variety

of occupations: as a commercial fisherman on a purse seiner in

Alaskan waters and in the Columbia River, as a member of a

timber-surveying party in western Washington, and working in a

copper mine. He received a B.A. degree in geology from the Uni-

versity in 1922.

Leo continued his interest in geology and paleontology at Stan-

ford University where he enrolled as a graduate student in the De-

partment of Geology. As a paleontology major he became a student

of Dr. J. P. Smith, a famous and inspirational professor who taught

many other prominent molluscan paleontologists, including Ralph

Arnold, F. M. Anderson, and U. S. Grant, IV. He received an M.A.

in 1923 and a Ph.D. in 1929; his doctoral dissertation was on

Pliocene geology and paleontology of the San Diego area, Cali-

fornia.

Following completion of foraial scliooling at Stanford, he held

temporary appointments as paleontologist with the Associated and

Pacific Oil Companies in San Francisco, and later, with the Cali-

fornia Academy of Sciences, as an assistant in the Department of

Paleontology. In 1926 he was appointed Assistant Curator in the

Department of Paleontology at the Academy, which proved to be

the beginning of a long and very productive association that has

continued to the present tiine. At the Academy he became associ-

ated with Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, a relationship that has produced

many joint reports on fossil and living mollusks of the eastern

Pacific. In his first years at the Academy, a Avarm friendship with

Eric Knight Jordan developed, resulting in a field trip to northern

Baja California, Mexico, and in tlie subsequent publication of

several important papers on the paleontology of Baja California.

October, 1970 nautilus 39

During a leave of absence from the Academy in 1926 he served

as paleontologist with the Henry L. Doherty Mexican Government

Concession, working out of Saltillo, Mexico. In 1929, again on

leave from the Academy, he was employed as field geologist for the

Hudson's Bay Marland Oil Company, and similarly in 1930 for

the Hudson's Bay Oil and Gas Company in Alberta, Canada.

In 1927 he led an Academy field party to the Channel Islands

off southern California. Soon thereafter, he initiated a cooperative

study of the geology and paleontology of the marine Pliocene rocks

of southwestern San Diego Comity, California, with U. S. Grant.

IV. This investigation continued during several succeeding field

seasons and has been a principal focus of Hertlein's research over

the years. Two parts of this monographic study have been pub-

lished, and a third, dealing with the Pelecypoda, will soon be in

press. The Hertlein and Grant association has been productive of

many other significant paleontologic contributions, notably cata-

logues of Pacific coast Cenozoic Brachiopoda and of Echinoidea.

During the winter of 1931-32, Hertlein was a member of the

expedition of the VELERO III to the tropical eastern Pacific. As

a result of this cruise, he made extensive collections of inverte-

brates from the Galapagos Islands and from nearshore areas along

the Mexican and Central American coasts. At the request of

William Beebe, Hertlein and A. M. Strong worked up the vast

molluscan collections from the eastern Pacific obtained in the

period 1936-38 by the Templeton Crocker and Zaca expeditions

of the New York Zoological Society. This led to a period of in-

tensive collaborative study of the molluscan faunas of the tropical

eastern Pacific; all told, more than 230 new molluscan taxa were

described in a series of joint publications extending from the

1930's into the mid-1950's.

Interspersed with his current research on the San Diego Pliocene

has been his continuing descriptive study of fossil and living mol-

lusks and echinoids from the eastern Pacific Ocean. As one of the

world's leading authorities on monomyarian pelecypods, particu-

larly the Pectinidae, he has contributed significantly to the

Bivalvia volume of the Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology.

In 1949 he became Associate Curator in t'le Department of Pale-

ontology at tlie California Academy of Sciences; in 1962 he was

appointed Curator of Invertebrate Paleontology. He also has held

40

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (2)

^==fe <7l^)4^yCiA.ia^7^^

an appointment, since 1953, as geologist (WAE) with the U.S.

Geological Sui"vey. A member of the American Malacological

Union since its founding, Leo has served as vice-president (1965-

66) and president (1966-67) , and was elected to Honorary Life

Membership in July 1970. In 1968 he was the recipient of a special

award, "in recognition of outstanding contributions to the study of

MoUusca," from the Pacific Division of the American Malacolog-

kal Union. Hertlein was made a Life Member of the California

October. 1970 nautilus 41

Academy of Sciences in 1941; he was elected a Fellow in 1952. He

formally retired in mid- 1969 but actively pursues his molluscan

studies as Curator Emeritus in the Academy's Department of

Geology.

Hertlein's bibliography includes about 150 titles. In these are

found descriptions of almost 500 new invertebrate taxa. His funda-

mental contributions to Cenozoic invertebrate paleontology (mol-

lusks, echinoids, brachiopods) of the Pacific Coast states and Mexi-

co and to the knowledge of modern molluscan faima of the eastern

Pacific are widely known and recognized. Perhaps equally impor-

tant, but not so well known, are his countless contributions to

paleontological, geological, malacological, and even archaeologi-

cal reports by others — in the form of lists of invertebrates, age

determinations, and faunal correlations. Among his unsung con-

tributions may also be listed his many contacts with young paleon-

tologists and malacologists who have benefited from his untiring

help and enthusiastic encouragement with their research projects.

Hertlein's publications stand as models of diorough and pain-

staking scientific investigation, special qualities that have charac-

terized all aspects of his scientific career. The high quality of his

reports, at once obvious to anyone who has had occasion to refer to

them, is the result of meticulous searching of all pertinent litera-

ture, and, wherever possible, solicitation and careful weighing of

the views of associates.

As a curator, his high standards are clearly reflected by the ex-

pertly and meticously maintained invertebrate type collections in

the Academy's Department of Geology as well as by the carefully

arranged and labeled general collections of fossil and living in-

vertebrates.

Leo lives in San Francisco with his wife, Margaret, a teacher of

speech and dramatics in the Adult Education Division of the San

Francisco School System, whom he married in 1940. During leisure

time, they enjoy music, literature, and the theatre. Their vacations

often consist of visits to various national and state parks. Leo is an

avid sports fan, particularly interested in professional football. As

a hobby he is accumulating information on coloration in nature.

42 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

TAXA PROPOSED IN HONOR OF

LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN FROM 1926 TO 1969

Compiled by Barry Roth and others

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) hertleini Jordan, 1926

Coscinodiscus hertleini Hanna & Grant, 1926 (diatom)

Triceratium hertleini Hanna, 1927 (diatom)

Pterin hertleini Wiedey, 1928

Pecien (Chlamys) hertleini Loel & Corey, 1932

Fusinus hertleini Lowe, 1935

Helminthoglypta hertleini Hanna & Smith, 1937

Odostomia (Salassia) hertleini Strong, 1938

Exilioidea rectrostris hertleini Bentson, 1940

Flabellum hertleini 'DvLrh2im,\9^2. (coral)

I. eptastrea hertleini Ti\\xh-dV(\,\9A2 (coral)

Suavodrillia hertleini Durham, 1944

Cypraea hertleini Ingram, 1948

Rissoella hertleini Smith & Gordon, 1948

Hertleinia Marks, 1949, not Hertleinia Imlay, 1957

Basterotia hertleini Durham, 1950

Semele hertleini Durham, 1950

Lyrodes hertleini Drake, 1956

Ensitellops hertleini Emerson & Puffer, 1957

Hertleinella Berry, 1958

Hertleinites Imlay, 1958, new name for Hertleinia Imlay, 1957,

not Marks, 1949

Hertellina Olsson, 1961 (mollusk)

Eurytellina {Eurytellina) hertleini Ohson, \96\

Pitar (Hyphantosoma) Jiertleini Olsson, 1961

Polygyra (Erymodon) hertleini Haas, 1961

Gabbiocerns //er/Zezn/ Wiedmann, 1962

Lima (Acesta) hertleini Olsson, 1964

Sthenoiytis hertleini Olsson, 1964

Roetica hertleini Kanakoff, 1966

Leochlamys MacNcil, 1967

Cetolepas hertleini ZuWo, 1969 (barnacle)

Hindsiclava hertleini Emerson & Radwin, 1969

Ostrea hertleini Adegoke, 1969

October, 1970 nautilus 43

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN

FOR THE PERIOD OF 1925-1970

Bv Warren O. Addicxiit

U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California 94025

1925a. *New species of marine fossil Mollusca from western North

America: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 24, pt. 2, p. 39-

46, pis. 3-4.

1925b. *Pectens from the Tertiary of Lower California: California

Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 14, no. 1, p. 1-35, pis. 1-6.

1925c. (and Crickmay, C. H.) A summary of the nomenclature and

stratigraphy of the marine Tertiary of Oregon and Washington:

Am. Philos. Soc. Proc, v. 64, no. 2, p. 224-282.

1926a. * (with Jordan, E. K.) Contribution to the geology and

paleontology of the Tertiary of Cedros Island and adjacent parts

of Lower California, in Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands,

Mexico, in 1925: California Acad. Sci. Proc., ser. 4, v. 15, no. 14,

p. 409-464, pis. 27-34.

1926b. * (with Jordan, E. K.) A Pliocene fauna from Maria Madre

Island, in Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in

1925: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 15, no. 4, p. 209-217.

1927a. * (and Jordan, E. K.) Paleontology of the Miocene of

Lower California: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 16,

no. 19, p. 605-647, pis. 17-21.

1927b. * (with Hanna, G. D.) VI. Geology and paleontology, in

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf

of California in 1921: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 16,

no. 6, p. 137-157, pi. 5.

1927c. (with Hanna, G. D.) Notes on Ostrea californica Marcou:

Nautilus, V. 41, no. 2, p. 45-46.

1928a. *Pecten {Patinopecten) lohri, new name for Pecten oweni

Arnold, a Pliocene species from California: Nautilus, v. 41, no. 3,

p. 93-94.

1928b. *Preliminary report on the paleontology of the Channel

Islands, California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 2, no. 2, p. 142-157,

pis. 22-25.

1929a. The geology and paleontology of the Pliocene of San Diego,

California (abs.) : Stanford Univ. Bull., ser. 5, p. 81-85.

1929b. *A new Pecten from the San Diego Pliocene: California

Acad. Sci. Proc ser. 4, v. 18, no. 5, p. 215-216, pi. 24, figs. 10-11.

1929c. *Three new specific names for West American fossil Mol-

lusca: Jour. Paleontology, v. 3, no. 3, p. 295-297.

I929d. * (with Hanna G. D.) A new species of land snail from

Coahuila, Mexico: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 18,

p. 219-220, pi. 24, figs. 5-6.

• Papers in which new tax a are described.

44 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

1931a. Additional Pliocene and Pleistocene fossils from Lower

California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 5, no. 4, p. 365-367.

1931b. *Changes of nomenclature of some Recent and fossil

Pectinidae from Japan, Porto Rico, South America, New Zea-

land, and California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 5, no. 4, p. 367-369.

1932a. Gastrocopta miinita on South Seymour Island, Galapagos

Group: Nautilus, v. 46, no. 2, p. 69-70.

1932b. Mollusks and barnacles from Malpelo and Cocos Island:

Nautilus, V. 46, no. 2, p. 43-45.

1933a. Additions to the Pliocene fauna of Turtle Bay, Lower

California, with a note on the Miocene diatomite: Jour. Paleon-

tology, V. 7, no. 4, p. 439-441.

1933b. *A new gryphaeoid oyster from the Eocene of California:

San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Trans., v. 7, no. 22, p. 277-280, pi. 18,

figs. 5-6.

1933c. Some of the common rocks of the San Francisco Bay

Region: Aquarium Jour., v. 6, p. 106-107.

1933d. *Three preoccupied names in the Pectinidae: Nautilus,

V. 47, no. 2, p. 62-64.

1933e. * (with Strong. A. M., and Hanna, G. D.) Marine Mollusca

from Acapulco, no. 10 in The Templeton Crocker Expedition of

the California Academy of Sciences, 1932: California Acad. Sci.

Proc, ser. 4, v. 21, no. 10, p. 117-130, pis. 5-6.

1934a. *New oysters and a new pecten from the Tertiary of Cali-

fornia: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 33, pt. 1, p. 1-6,

pis. 1-2.

1934b. * Pleistocene mollusks from the Tres Marias Islands, Cedros

Island, and San Ignacio Lagoon, Mexico: Southern California

Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 33, pt. 2, p. 59-73, pi. 21.

1 934c. (with Webb, J. B.) Zones in the Alberta Shales ("Benton

Group") in the foothills of southwestern Alberta: Geol. Soc.

America Proc. for 1933, p. 377-378.

1934d. (with Webb, J. B.) Zones in Alberta Shale ("Benton"

Group) in foothills of southwestern Alberta: Am. Assoc.

Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 18, no. 11, p. 1387-1416, 6 figs.

1935a. Notes on the Pectinidae of Hawaii: Nautilus, v. 49, no. 1,

p. 27-29.

1935b. *The Recent Pectinidae, no. 25 in The Templeton Crocker

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences, 1932: Cali-

fornia Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 21, no. 25, p. 301-328, pis. 18-19.

1935c. (with Hanna, G. D.) Longevity of Mitra in captivity:

Nautilus, V. 48, no. 3, p. 90-91.

1936a. Introduction, in Jordan, E. K., The Pleistocene fauna of

Magdalena Bay, Lower California: Stanford Univ., Dept. Geol-

ogy'Contr., V. 1, no. 4, p. 107-110.

1936b. The dates of publication of "C. H. Kuster and W. Kobelt's

Monograph of Spondyhis und Pecten" in volume 7, part 2, of

October, 1970 nautilus 45

the "Systematisches Conchvlien-Cabinet": Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 10, V. 17, no. 97, p. 158-160.

1936c. *Three new sections and rectifications of .some specific

names in the Pectinidae: Nautilus, v. 50, nos. 1 and 2, p. 24-

27, 54-58.

1936d. * (with Palmer, R. H.) Marine Pleistocene mollusks from

Oaxaca, Mexico: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 35, pt.

2, p. 65-81, Pis. 18-19.

1937a. A correction (to footnote p. 25, Nautilus, v. 50, no. 1,

1936) : Nautilus, v. 50, no. 3, p. 106-107.

1937b. *Haliotis koticki, a new species from the lower Miocene

of California: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 36, pt. 3,

p. 93-97, pi. 42.

1937c. A note on some species of marine mollusks occurring in

both Polynesia and the western Americas: Am. Philos. Soc. Proc,

V. 78, no. 2, p. 303-312, pi. 1.

1937d. * (with Strong, A. M.) New species of Recent mollusks

from the coast of western North America, no. 35 in The Tem-

pleton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sci-

ences, 1932: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 22, no. 6,

p. 159-178, pis. 34-35.

1938a. Note on the range of Pecten cauriniis Gould: Nautilus,

V. 51, no. 4, p. 144.

1938b. * (with Grant, U. S., IV) Brissopsis blanpiedi, a new

species of echinoid from the medial Tertiary of Mississippi: Am.

Midland Naturalist, v. 19, no. 2, p. 482-486, 1 pi.

1938c. * (with Grant, U. S., IV) The west American Cenozoic

Echinoidea: California Univ., Los Angeles, Pubs. Math. Phys.

Sci., V. 2, 225 p.. 29 pis, 17 figs.

1938d. * (with Hanna, G D.) New Tertiary mollusks from west-

ern North America: Jour. Paleontology, v. 12, no. 1, p. 106-110,

pi. 21.

1938e. (with Hanna, G D.) Land and brackish water Mollusca

of Cocos Island: Hancock Pacific Exped. Rept., v. 2, no. 8, p.

123-135, text-fig.

1939a. (and Grant, U. S., IV) Geology and oil possibilities of

southwestern San Diego County, California: California Jour.

Mines and Geology, v. 35, p. 57-78, 8 figs.

1939b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Marine Pleistocene mollusks from

the Galapagos Islands: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 23,

no. 24, p. 367-380, pi. 32.

1939c * (with Hanna, G D.) Campanile greenellum, a new species

from the early Eocene of California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 13,

no. 1, p. 100-102, 2 text-figs.

I939d. * (with Strong, A. M.) Marine Mollusca from Panama

collected by the Allan Hancock Expedition to the Galapagos

Islands. 1931-1932: Southern California Univ. Pubs. Allan Han-

46 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

cock Pacific Exped. Repts., v. 2, no. 12, p. 177-245, pis. 18-23.

1939e. (with Grant, U. S., IV) A summary of the west American

Cenozoic Echindoidea: Sixth Pacific Sci. Conf. (abs.) Geology,

p. 23-24.

1940a. Addition to the range of Pecten caurinus Gould: Nautlius,

V. 54, no. 2, p. 68-69.

1940b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. I in Eastern Pacific expeditions

of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, v.

25, pt. 4, p. 369-430, pis. 1-2.

1941a. A summary of the knowledge regarding the faunal area of

tropical West America, with special reference to mollusks, in

Hill, H. W., ed.. Proceedings of the dedicatory exercises, Hancock

Hall, The Allan Hancock Foundation for Scientific Research

at the University of Southern California: Southern California

Univ., Univ., Univ. Chron. Ser., no. 7, p. 21-24.

1941b. (with Grant, U. S., IV) Pliocene correlation chart: Cali-

fornia Div. Mines Bull. 118, p. 201-202.

1941c. * (with Hanna, G D.) Characteristic fossils of California:

California Div. Mines Bull. 118, p. 165-182, figs, (pis.) 60-67.

1943a. (and Grant, U. S., IV) Southwestern San Diego County:

California Div. Mines Bull. 118, p. 367-369, fig. 152.

1943b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. II, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York,

V. 28, pt. 3, p. 149-168, pi. 1.

1944a. * (and Grant, U. S., IV) The Cenozoic Brachiopoda of

western North America: California Univ., Los Angeles, Pubs.

Math. Phys. Sci., v. 3, p. 1-236, pis. 1-21, 34 figs.

1944b. (and Grant, U. S., IV) The geology and paleontology of

the marine Pliocene of San Diego, California, Part 1, Geology:

San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem., v. 2, p. 1-72, pis. 1-18.

1945a. * (and Strong, A. M.) Changes in the nomenclature of two

West American marine bivalve mollusks: Nautilus, v. 58, no. 3,

p. 105.

1946a. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. Ill, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York,

V. 31, pt. 2, no. 5, p. 53-76, pi. 1.

1946b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from die west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. IV, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York,

V. 31, pt. 3, no. 8, p. 93-120,' pi. 1.

i947a. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt, V, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New

York, V. 31, pt. 4, no. 10, p. 129-150, pi. 1.

October, 1970 nautilus 47

1947b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Description of a new species of

Trophon from the Gulf of California: Southern California

Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 46, pt. 2, p. 79-80, text-figs. (1948).

1947c. * (with Strong, A. M.) A new name for a West American

Cyclostrcina: Nautilus, v. 61, no. 1, p. 31.

1948a. Note on West American species of Condylocardia: Nau-

tilus, V. 61, no. 3, p. 106.

1948b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. VI, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York,

V. 33. pt. 4, no. 13, p. 163-198, pis. 1-2.

1948c. A brief review of tropical west American bivalves: Am.

Malacol. Union News Bull, and Ann. Rept. for 1947, p. 9-10.

1948d. Remarks on checklists: Am. Malacol. Union News Bull,

and Ann. Rept. for 1947, p. 15.

1949a. Letter from Division of Foreign Quarantine (Federal) on

im}X)rting preserved specimens: Conchological Club Southern

California, Minutes no. 95, p. 2.

1949b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Note on the nomenclature of two

marine gastropods from the Galapagos Islands: Nautilus, v.

62, no. 3, p. 102.

1949c. * (and Hanna, G D.) Two new species of Mytilopsis from

Panama and Fiji: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 48,

pt. 1, p. 13-18, 1 pi.

1949d. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. VII, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York,

V. 34, pt. 2, no. 9, p. 63-97, pi. 1.

1949e. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. VIII, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York,

V. 34, pt. 4, no. 19, p. 239-258, pi. 1.

1949f. * (with Hanna, G D.) Two new species of gastropods from

the middle Eocene of California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 23, no.

4, pp. 392-394, pi. 77, figs. 1-2.

1950a. Photography of new species of tropical west American

marine gastropods: Am. Philos. Soc. Yearbook, 1949, p. 147-148.

1950b. Some early records of West American marine mollusks:

Am. Malacol. Union News Bull, and Ann. Rept. for 1949, p. 21.

1950c. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. IX, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York,

V. 35, pt. 4, no. 19, p. 216-252, pis. 1-2.

1951a. *Description of a new pelecypod of the genus Anadara

from the Gulf of Mexico: Texas Jour. Sci., v. 3, no. 3, p. 486-

489, 7 figs.

1951b. *Descriptions of two new species of marine pelecypods

48 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

from west Mexico: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 50,

pt. 2, p. 68-75, pis. 24-26.

1951c. Invertebrate fossils and fossil localities in the San Francisco

Ray area, in Geologic Guidebook of the San Francisco Bay

Counties: California Div. Mines Bull. 154, p. 187-192, figs. 1-2.

195 Id. * (and Strong, A. M.) Description of three new species

of marine gastropods of West Mexico and Guatemala: South-

ern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 50, pt. 2, p. 76-80, pi. 26.

I951e. * (and Strong, A. M.) Descriptions of two new species of

marine gastropods from West Mexico and Costa Rica: South-

ern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 50, pt. 3, p. 152-155, pi. 51.

195 If. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of

Mexico and Central America, pt. X, in Eastern Pacific expedi-

tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York,

V. 36, pt. 2, no. 5, p. 67-1 20) pis. 1-11.

1952a. *Description of a new pelecypod of the genus Lima from

deep water off Central California: California Acad. Sci. Proc,

ser. 4, V. 27, no. 2, p. 377-381, pi. 20, figs. 12-13.

1952b. *Newaagia, new name for Phillippiella Waagen: Jour.

Paleontology, v. 26, no. 2, p. 275.

1953a. Note on Turrifella goniostoma vs. T. hroderipiona: Con-

chological Club Southern California, Minutes no. 126, p. 14.

1953b. * (and Emerson W. K.) Mollusks from Clipperton Island

(Eastern Pacific) with the description of a new species of

gastropod: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Trans., v. 11, no. 13, p.

345-362, pis. 26-27.

1954a. Note on a rare species of Strombiis from Guam (S. taiirus

Reeve) : Conchological Club Southern California, Minutes no.

141, p. 8.

1954b. Ocenebra erinaceoides and allied species: Am. Malacol.

Union, Pacific Div., Ann. Rept. 1954, p. 29-30.

1954c. (and Grant, U. S. IV) Geology of the Oceanside-San Diego

coastal area, southern California, Art. 4, Chap. 2, in Jahns, R.

H., ed., Geology of southern California: California Div. Mines

Bull. 170, p. 53-63, figs. 1-6.

1955a. Marine mollusks collected at the Galapagos Islands during

the voyage of the "Velero III," 1931-32. Essays in Nat. Sci. in

honor of Capt. Allan Hancock, Los Angeles: p. 111-145, 1 pi.

1955b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Marine mollusks collected during

the "Askoy" expedition to Panama, Colombia, and Ecuador in

1941: Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull., v. 107, art. 2, p. 159-318, 3 pis.

1956a. Cretaceous ammonite of Franciscan Group, Marin County,

California: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 40, no. 8,

p. 1985-1988, 1 pi.

1956b. * (with Grant, U. S. VI) Scliizaster morlini, a new species

of echinoid from the Pliocene of Imperial County, California:

Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 55, pt. 2, p. 107-110, pi.

29.

October, 1970 nautilus 49

1956c. (and Emerson. W. K.) Marine Pleistocene invertebrates

from near Puerto Penasco, Mexico: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.

Trans., v. 12, no. 8, p. 154-178, pi. 12, 2 maps.

1957a. Pliocene and Pleistocene fossils from the southern portion

of the Gulf of California: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull.,

V. 56, pt. 2, p. 57-75, pi. 13.

1957b. Lewis W. Sloat, pioneer conchologist in California: Am.

Malacol. Union Ann. Rept. for 1956, p. 7-8.

1957c. (and Emerson, \V. K.) Additional notes on the inverte-

brate fauna of Clipj^erton Island (Eastern Pacific) : Am. Mus.

Novitates, no. 1859, p. 1-9, 1 fig.

1958a. *Descriptions of new species of marine mollusks from

west Mexico: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 56, pt.

3, p. 107-112, pi. 21.

1959a. Notes on California oysters: Veliger, v. 2, no. 1, p. 5-10,

pi. 2.

1959b. * (and Allison, E. C.) Pliocene marine deposits in north-

west Baja California, Mexico, with the description of a new

species of Acatithina (Gastropoda) : Southern California Acad.

Sci. Bull., V. 58, pt. 1, p. 17-26, 8 pis.

1959c. (and Emerson, W. K.) Pliocene and Pleistocene megafos-

sils from the Tres Marias Islands, pt. 5 in Results of the Puritan-

American Museum of Natural History Expedition to Western

Mexico: Am. Mus. Novitates, no. 1940, 15 p., 5 figs.

1959d. (with Hanna, G D.) Marine shells of Middleton Island,

Alaska: Nautilus ,v. 72 ,no. 3, p. 78-84, pi. 10.

1960a. *Description of a new species of gastropod from Easter

Island: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 59, pt. 1, p. 19-21,

1 pi.

1960b. The subfamily Drupinae (Gastropoda) in the eastern

Pacifiic: Veliger, v. 3, no. 1, p. 7-8.

1960c. (and Allison, E. C.) Gastropods from Clipperton Island:

Veliger, v. 3, p. 13-16.

1960d (and Allison, E. C.) Species of the genus Cypraea from

Clipperton Island: Veliger, v. 2, no. 4, p. 94-95, pi. 22.

1960e. * (and Grant, U. S., IV) The geology and paleontology

of the marine Pliocene of San Diego, California, pt. 2a, Paleon-

tology (Coelenterata, Bryozoa, Brachiopoda, Echinodermata) :

San' Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem., v. 2, p. 73-133, pis. 19-26.

1960f. (and Smith, Allyn G.) Mollusks from Mountain Lake,

San Francisco, California: Veliger, v. 2, no. 3, p. 48-51.

1960g. (with Emerson, W. K.) Pliocene and Pleistocene inver-

tebrates from Punta Rosalia, Baja California, Mexico: Am.

Mus. Novitates, no. 2004, p. 1-8, 3 figs.

1961a. Comments on the proposal to place the generic name

Gari Schumacher,, 1817, on the official list unemended: Zool.

Nomenclature Bull., v. 18, pt. 5, p. 299.

50 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

1961b. *A new species of Siliqua (Pelecypoda) from western

North America: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 60, pt.

1, 12-19, 2 pis.

1961c. Review of Nickles, Maurice, 1955, Scaphopodes et lamel-

libranches recoltes dans I'ouest Africain: Veliger, v. 3, no. 3, p.

89.

196 Id. Review of Scarlato, O. A., 1960, Bivalve mollusks of the far

eastern seas of the USSR (Order Dysodonta) : (in Russian) .

Veliger, v. 3, no. 4, p. 116.

1961e. Review of Csepreghy-Meznerics, I., 1960, Pectinid^s du

N^ogene de la Hongrie et leur importance biostratigraphique:

Veliger, v. 4, no. 1, p. 53-54.

196 If. * (with Hanna, G D.) Large species of Terebra (Mol-

lusca) from the eastern Pacific: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser.

4, V. 30, no. 3, p. 67-80, pis. 6-7.

1961g. (with Hanna, G D., and Smith, A. G.) A memorial tribute

to Philip Pearsall Carpenter: Am. Malacol. Union Ann. Rept.

for 1960, p. 9-10.

1962a. Mollusks of Cocos Island: Am. Malacol. Union Ann. Rept.

for 1962, p. 30.

1962b. *A new species of columbellid gastropod from Easter Is-

land: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 61, pt. 4, p. 247-

248, 3 figs.

1962c. Review of Ferreira, C. S., 1960, Contribuigao a paleon-

tologia do estado Para. Revisao da Familia Pectinidae da For-

magao Pirobas (Mioceno Inferior) com a descripgao de novas

esp^cies: Veliger, v. 5, no. 1, p. 60.

1962d. Review of Smith, Allyn G., 1961, Four species of chitons

from the Panamic province (Mollusca: Polyplacophora) : Veli-

ger, v. 4, no. 4, p. 219.

1962e. Review of Soot-Ryen, Tron, 1959, Reports of the Lund

University Chile Expedition 1948-1949. 35. Pelecypoda: Veliger,

V. 5, no. 2, p. 99.

1963a. Contributions to the biogeography of Cocos Island, includ-

ing a bibliography: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 32, no.

8, p. 219-289, 4 figs.

1963b. *A new species of giant Lima from off Southern California

(Mollusca: Pelecypoda) : California Acad. Sci. Occas. Paper 40,

p. 1-6, 3 figs.

1963c. Note on the type locality of Pecten loxoides Sowerby:

Hawaiian Shell News, v. 12, no. 2, p. 1, 2 figs.

1964a. Note concerning the date of issue of Arnold's monograph

on the Pliocene and Pleistocene of San Pedro [California]:

Veliger, v. 6, no. 3, p. 172.

1964b. Review of Barnard, K. H., 1964, Contributions to the

knowledge of the South African marine Mollusca. Part V.

Lamellibranchiata: Veliger. v. 7, no. 2, p. 153-154.

October. 1970 nautilus 51

1964c. Review of Dey, A. K., 1961, The Miocene Mollusca from

Quilon, Kerala [India]: Veliger, v. 6, no. 4, p. 231.

I964d. From the Academy collections: California Acad. Sci. News-

letter, May, 1964, 1 p. (no pagination) .

1964e. Review of Weisbord, Norman E., 1964, Late Cenozoic

pelecypods from northern Venezuela: Veliger, v. 7, no. 1, p. 58.

1964f. * (with Emerson, W. K.) Invertebrate megafossils of the

Belvedere Expedition to the Gulf of California: San Diego

Soc. Nat. Hist. Trans., v. 13, no. 17 ,p. 333-368, figs. 1-6.

1965a. *A new genus of gastropod (Drupinae) from the Pliocene

of Oregon and California: California Acad. Sci. Occas. Paper

49, 5 p., 4 figs.

1965b. Review of Dell, R. K., 1964, Antarctic and Subantarctic

Mollusca: Amphineura, Scaphopoda and Bivalvia: Veliger, v.

8, no. 1, p. 43-44.

1965c. Review of Fleming, C. A., 1962, On the Hawaiian scal-

lops of the genus Pecten Muller (Pelecypoda) : Veliger, v. 7.

no. 3, p. 203.

1966a. * Pliocene fossils from Rancho El Refugio, Baja California,

and Cerralvo Island, Mexico: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser.

4, V. 30, no. 14, p. 265-284, figs. 1-17.

1966b. Review of Boreham, A. U. E. (Mrs. G. H. Scott) , 1965, A

revision of F. W. Hutton's pelecypod species described in the

Catalogue of Tertiary Mollusca and Echinodermata (1873) :

Veliger, v. 8, no. 3, p. 204.

1966c. Review of Soot-Ryen, Tron, 1966, Revision of the pelecy-

pods from the Michael Sars North Atlantic DeepSea Expedi-

tion 1910 with notes on the Verticordiidae and other interesting

species: Veliger, v. 9, no. 2, p. 253.

1966d. (and Allison, E. C.) Additions to the molluscan fauna of

Clipperton Island: Veliger, v. 9, no. 2, p. 138-140.

1967a. Review of Klappenbach, Miguel A., 1965, Lista preliminar

de los Mytilidae Brasilenos con claves para su determinaci6n y

notas sobre su distribuci6n: Veliger, v. 9, no. 3, p. 358.

1967b. Review of Odhner, N. H., 1960, Mollusca (from below

4000 meters in the Atlantic) : Reports of the Swedish DeepSea

Expedition 1947-1948: Veliger, v. 10, no. 2, p. 205.

1968a. *Tellina ulloana, a new' species from Magdalena Bay, Baja

California, Mexico: Veliger, v. 11, no. 1, p. 80.

1968b. Three late Cenozoic molluscan faunules from Baja Cali-

fornia, with a note on diatomite from west of San Felipe: Cali-

fornia Acad. Sci. Proc., ser. 4, v. 30, no. 19, p. 401-405.

1968c. Review of Fleming, C. A., 1966, Marwick's illustrations of

New Zealand shells, with a checklist of New Zealand Cenozoic

Mollusca: Veliger, v. 10, no. 3, p. 295.

1968d. Review of KaufFman, Erie G., 1967, Cretaceous Thyasira

from the Western Interior of North America: Veliger, v. 10 no.

3, p. 294.

52 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

1968e. Review of Knudsen J., 1967, The Deep-Sea Bivalvia. The

John Murray Expedition 1933-34, Scientific Reports: Veliger,

V. 11. no. 2, p. 149-150.

19681. * (and Allison, E. C.) Descriptions of new species of gas-

tropods from Clipperton Island: California Acad. Sci. Occas.

Paper 66, 13 p., 13 figs.

1969a. Review of Matthews, H. R., and Rios, E. C, 1967, Segunda

contribuigao ao inventario dos moluscos marinlios do nordeste

Brasileiro: Veliger, v. 12, no. 2, p. 234-235.

1969b. Review of Maes, V. O., 1967, The littoral marine mollusks

of Cocos- Keeling Islands (Indian Ocean) : Veliger, v. 12, no. 2,

p. 235.

1969c. Review of Mongin, Denise, 1968, Les pectinides du Mio-

cene de al Guadeloupe (Antilles Francaises) : Veliger, v. 12,

no. 2, no. 2, p. 235.

1969d. (and L. R. Cox and N. D. Newell) Superfamily Pec-

tinacea, in L. R. Cox, et al., Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-

tology, Part N, V. 1, Mollusca 6, Bivalvia, pp. N 333-N 373, illus.

1969e. Fossiliferous boulder of early Tertiary age from Ross Is-

land, Antarctica. Antarctic Jour. U. S., vol. 4, no. 5, p. 199-200,

5 figs.

1970a. *A new species of fossil Kelletia (Mollusca: Gastropoda)

from the Lomita Marl, late Cenozoic of San Pedro, California.

Contributions in Science, Los Angeles Co. Mus., no. 190, p. 1-8,

figs. 1-3.

NAMES PROPOSED BY LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN

FROM 1925 TO 1970

By BARRY ROTH

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California 94118

Each entry in this alphabetical list contains (1) the taxon as

originally proposed, (2) the authors' names, where authorship

was shared by Hertlein and another worker, and (3) the original

reference, correlating with the bibliography of Hertlein's works

which appears in this issue of The Nautilus. For example, "1944a"

refers to the first title listed in the bibliography under 1944,

"1944b" refers to the second title under that year, and so forth.

abietis Jordan & Hertlein, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1926b: p. 214,

pi. 23, figs. 1, 3, 7.

academica Strong 8c Hertlein, Turbonilla (Cingulina) 1939d: p.

205, pi. 19, fig. 14.

Acanthotrophon Hertlein & Strong 19511: p. 86. Type-species by

original designation: Trophon (Acanthotrophon) sorenseni Hert-

lein & Strong.

October, 1970 nautilus 53

aguerrex'erei Hanna & Hertlein, Holospira 1929d: p. 219, pi. 24,

figs. 5, 6.

alarconi Hertlein k Strong, Rissoina 1951 f: p. 109, pi. 8, fig. 12.

aletes, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p. 8, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2 .

aletes Hertlein R: Strong, Pilar (Hyplwntosoma) 1948b: p. 172,

pi. 1, figs. 9, 11-13.

alexi Hertlein k Grant, Eohemithiris 1944a: p. 55, pi. 3, figs. 4,

7-9; text fig. 10.

nllyneana Hertlein & Hanna, Mytilopsis 1949c: p. 14, pi. 4, figs. 5-8.

allyniana Hertlein & Strong, Cymatosyrinx 1951 f: p. 77, pi. 1, fig. 7.

amandi, Pecten (Chlamys) 1935b: p. 305; new name for Pecten

australis Philippi, 1845, not Sowerby, 1842.

amandi Strong &: Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 202,

pi. 19, fig. 7.

amandusi Hertlein & Jordan, Cypraea 1927a: p. 628, pi. 18, fig. 1;

pi. 19, figs. 1, 4, 5.

amiriana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 19511: p. 94,

pi. 6, fig. 7.

Anatipopecten 1936c: p. 26. Type-species by original designation:

Pecten anatipes Morton.

angermanni Hertlein & Jordan, Ostrea 1927a: p. 621, pi. 17, figs.

3, 6.

arenaense Hertlein & Strong, Bittium (Lirobittium) 19511: p. 107,

pi. 7, fig. 8.

arenensis Hertlein & Strong, Cymatosyrinx 1951f: p. 76, pi. 1, fig.

17.

arenica Hertlein &: Strong, Tellina (Moerella) 1949d: p. 68, pi. 1,

figs. 5, 11.

armstrongi Hertlein & Strong, Lioglyphostoma 1955b: p. 230, pi.

3, fig. 12.

arnoldi Hertlein & Grant, Terebratalia 1944a: p. 119, pi. 11, figs.

1-3, 10-15.

asaedai Hertlein & Strong, Cymatosyrinx 19511: p. 78, pi. 1, fig. 4.

ashleyi, Ostrea 1934a: p. 1, pi. 1, figs. 2, 3; pi. 2, fig. 1.

askoyana Hertlein 8: Strong, Tellina (Eurytellina) 1955b: p. 197,

pi. 3, figs. 3, 13-15, 20, 21, 23.

atollica Hertlein & Allison, Succinea 19681: p. 10, fig. 11.

augustinensis, Calliostoma 1928b: p. 154, pi. 25, figs. 4, 5.

axeliana Hertlein & Strong, Rissoina 19511: p. 109, pi. 3, fig. 6.

ayamana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 19511: p. 96,

pi. 6, fig. 14.

azteca Strong & Hertlein, Odostomia (Miralda) 1939d: p. 207, pi.

18, fig. 10.

bahiahondaense Strong &: Hertlein, Caecum 1939d: p. 219, pi. 20,

fig. 10.

bailyi Hertlein & Strong, Circulus 19511: p. Ill, pi. 9, figs. 2, 6, 9.

bakeri Hertlein & Strong, Aspella 1951d: p. 79, pi. 26, figs. 1, 2.

54 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

bakeri Strong & Hertlein, Circulus 1939d: p. 240, pi. 21, figs. 14,

15; pi. 22, fig. 1.

bakeri Hanna & Hertlein, Pecten (Patinopecten) 1927b: p. 153,

pi. 5, fig. 1.

balboai Strong & Hertlein, Liotia 1939d: p. 236, pi. 21, figs. 3, 5, 6.

ballenaensis Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira turricula 1951f: p. 73,

pi. 11, figs. 4, 11.

barbati Hanna & Hertlein, Cerithium 1938d: p. 108, pi. 21, figs.

7-9.

bartschi Strong & Hertlein, Cydostrema 1939d: p. 240, pi. 21,

figs. 12, 13, 16.

bartschi Strong 8c Hertlein, Eulimostraca 1937d: p. 170, pi. 35,

fig. 7.

bartonella Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 203,

pi. 19, fig. 8.

baughmani, Anadara 1951a: p. 487, figs. 1-7.

beali, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p. 10, pi. 2, fig. 3; pi. 5, fig. 8.

Bechtelia Emerson ic Hertlein 1964f: p. 360. Type-species by

original designation: Gyrineum strongi Jordan.

beebei, Cardita spurca 1958a: p. 107, pi. 21, figs. 3, 4, 12-14.

beebei Hertlein & Strong, FissureUa 19511: p. 113, pi. 10, figs. 3-5.

beebei Hertlein & Strong, Trophon (Boreotrophon) 1947b: p. 80,

pi. 18, figs. 1, 2.

beltiana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Careliopsis) 1951 f: p. 91,

pi. 6, fig. 3.

biolleyi Hertlein & Strong, Pecten (Leptopecten) velero 1946a:

p. 60, pi. 1, fig. 6.

biolleyi Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 98,

pi. 3, fig. 2.

blanpiedi Grant & Hertlein, Brissopsis 1938b: p. 484, figs. 5, 6,

8-10.

bonita Strong, Hanna & Hertlein, Calliostoma 1933e: p. 121, pi.

5, figs. 5, 6.

bonita Strong & Hertlein, Strombina I937d: p. 169, pi. 35, fig. 9.

bosei Hanna & Hertlein, Pecten (Pecten) 1927b: p. 154, pi. 5,

figs. 2. 3.

bosei Hertlein & Jordan, Turritella 1927a: p. 634, pi. 21, figs. 1, 2.

bourgeoisae, Tagelus (Mesopleura) 1951b: p. 73, pi. 26, figs. 5, 6.

bristolae Hertlein & Strong, Calotrophon 1951f: p. 87, pi. 2, fig. 2.

brujae Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951f: p. 74, pi. 1, fig. 18.

burchi Hertlein & Strong, Cytharella 1951f: p. 79, pi. 1, fig. 6.

burckhardti Hertlein & Jordan, Terebra 1927a: p. 632, pi. 21,

fig. 6.

burgeri Grant & Hertlein, Echinoneus 1938c: p. 104, pi. 22,

figs. 1-3, 6; pi. 23, figs. 6, 7.

calli, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1925b: p. 16, pi. 4, figs. 5-7.

callidus, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1925b: p. 22, pi. 5, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6.

October, 1970 nautilus 55

Calotrophon Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 87. Type-species by

original designation: Calotrophon bristolae Hertlein & Strong.

cambodicus, Pectcn 1936c: p. 56; new name for Pecten fimbriatus

Mansuy, 1912, not Philippi, 1844, nor Moore, 1870.

caneloemis Hertlein & Strong, Natica 1955b: p. 287, pi. 2, figs.

13, 18.

caneloemis Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Besla) 1951f: p. 102,

pi. 7, fig. 3.

casseli Grant & Hertlein, Dendraster 1938c: p. 81, pi. 1, figs. 1-3;

pi. 30, fig. 3.

cedrosense Hertlein & Strong, Dentalium (Rhabdus) 1951 f: p. 69,

pi. 11, fig. 9.

cedrosensis Jordan & Hertlein, Epitonium 1926a: p. 446, pi. 30,

fig. 3.

chacei Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951 f: p. 73, pi. 1, fig. 12.

chinandegana Hertlein Sc Strong, Turbonitla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f:

p. 97, pi. 5, fig. 3.

chiquita Hertlein & Strong, Hemitonia 1951 f: p. 113, pi. 10, figs.

2, 7, 10.

cholutecana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) l951f: p. 97,

pi. 5, fig. 5.

churchi, Alectrion 1928b: p. 156, pi. 22, fig. 1.

clarionense Hertlein & Strong, Cardium (Laevicardium) 1947a: p.

144, pi. 1, figs. 5-7, 14.

clarionensis Hertlein & Strong, Ctena 1946b: p. 118, pi. 1, figs.

11, 12, 14.

clarionensis Hertlein & Strong, Turritella 1951 f: p. 108, pi. 2,

fig. 13.

clippertonensis Hertlein & Emerson, Clanculus (Panocochlea)

1953b: p. 354, pi. 27, figs. 19, 20, 22.

clippert07iensis Hertlein &: Allison, Latinis ]968f: p. 9, figs. 9, 10.

clippertonensis Hertlein & Allison, Turbonilla (Pyrgisculns) 1968f:

p. 6, fig. 5.

colima Strong & Hertlein, Natica 1937d: p. 174, pi. 35, figs. 12,

13, 16.

colimana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 94,

pi. 6, fig. 5.

colimanum Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Punctiscala?) 1951 f:

p. 90, pi. 3, fig. 14.

condoni, Pecten (Amusium) 1925a: p. 41, pi. 4, figs. 8, 9.

Condonia 1965a: p. 1. Type-species by original designation: Sistrum

hannai Howe.

contrerasi Jordan & Hertlein, Epitonium 1926a: p. 446, pi. 30,

fig. 4.

contrerasiana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla)

1951f: p. 102, pi. 5, fig. 13.

cooperella Hertlein &: Grant, Cyclothyris 1944a: p. 63; new name

56 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

Watdheimia imbricata Cooper, 1894, not Tenison-Woods,

1865.

coreyi Grant & Hertlein, Lytechinus 1938c: p. 24, pi. 20, fig. 7.

coreyi Hertlein & Grant, Terehratula 1944a: p. 87, pi. 4, figs. 12-

16; text fig. 21.

corintoensis Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Chrysallida) 1951f:

p. 104, pi. 8, fig. 11.

corintonis Hertlein & Strong, Balcis (Balcis) 1951f: p. 90, pi. 6,

fig. 1.

corintonis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951f:

p. 101. pi. 4, fig. 1.

corteziensis, Ostrea 1951b: p. 68, pi. 24, figs. 1, 2; pi. 26, fig. 7.

costaricensis Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Chrysallida) 1951f:

p. 103. pi. 7, fig. 9.

Costelloleda Hertlein & Strong 1940b: p. 398. Type-species by

original designation: Nucula costellata Sowerby.

cowlesi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1939d:

p. 196, pi. 19, fig. 3.

craneana Hertlein & Strong, Elaeocyma 1951 f: p. 75, pi. 1, fig. 2.

craneana Hertlein & Strong, Semele 1949e: p. 241, pi. 1, figs. 19, 22.

crickmayi Palmer & Hertlein, Polinices 1936d: p. 77, pi. 19, figs.

12, 14.

crickmayi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 200,

pi. 19, fig. 10.

cristobalensis, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1925b: p. 19, pi. 3, figs. 1,

2, 5.

Crockerella Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 78. Type-species by origi-

nal designation: Clathurella crystallina Gabb.

crockeri Strong & Hertlein, Cardium (Papyridea) 1937d: p. 161,

pi. 34, figs. 1. 2, 7, 10.

crockeri Hertlein & Strong, Solen 1950c: p. 225, pi. 1, figs. 3, 5, 7.

crockeri Hertlein & Strong, Strombinoturris 1951f; p. 84, pi. 1,

fig. 9.

dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, Epitonium 1926a: p. 447, pi. 30, fig. 2.

dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, Pecten (Chlamys) 1926b: p. 213, pi. 23,

figs. 2, 5, 6, 8.

das-guptai, Pecten (Chlamys) tauroperstriata var. 1936c: p. 55;

new nanie for Chlamys tauroperstriata var. spinosa Das-Gupta,

1924, not Pecten spinosus Brown, 1827.

Dendopecten 1936c: p. 26. Type-species by original designation:

Pecten dendyi Hutton.

dibbleei Hertlein & Grant, Hemithiris 1944a: p. 46, figs. 5, 6.

diegensis Hertlein & Grant, Laqueus vancouveriensis 1960e: p. 97,

pi. 20, figs. 4, 8-21.

dilloni Hanna & Hertlein, Campanilopa I949f: p. 393, pi. 77, figs.

2, 4; text fig. 1.

diminutivus Hertlein & Jordan, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1927a:

p. 623.

October, 1970 nautilus 57

domingana Hertlein & Strong, Turhonilla (Pyrigiscus) 1951 f:

p. 93, pi. f). fig. 6.

drangai Hertlein & Strong, Balcis (Vitreolina) 1951f: p. 91, pi. 6,

fig- 2.

diimbauldi Hanna & Hertlein, Terebra 1961 f: p. 77, pi. 6, fig. 2;

pi. 7, figs. 2, 5.

durhami Hanna & Hertlein, Segmentina 1938d: p. 109, pi. 21,

figs. 3-5.

durhamianinn Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1951f:

p. 89, pi. 3, fig. 9.

eiseni Strong & Hertlein, Cerithiopsis 1939d: p. 216, pi. 20, fig. 6.

eiseni Strong &: Hertlein, Modiolus 1937d: p. 160, pi. 34, figs. 11,

14-16.

ekidana Hertlein & Strong, Turhonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 99,

pi. 4, fig. 8.

emersoni Hertlein & Allison, Acanthina 1959b: p. 22, pi. 8, fig. 1.

englekyi, Ostrea 1928b: p. 143, pi. 25, fig. 1.

(mglerti, Pisania 1960a: p. 19, pi. 7, figs. 1, 2.

Eogiyphus Hertlein &: Grant 1944a: p. 88. Type-species by original

designation: Eogryphus tolmani Hertlein & Grant.

Eohemithiris Hertlein & Grant 1944a: p. 55. Type-species by

original designation: Eohemithiris alexi Hertlein & Grant.

ericana Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951f: p. 74, pi. 1, fig. 11.

ericana Hertlein & Strong, Rissoina (Folinia) 1951 f: p. 109, pi. 8,

fig. 10.

ericellus, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1929b: p. 215, pi. 24, figs. 10, 11.

erici Strong & Hertlein, Liotia 1939d: p. 237, pi. 21, fig. 9.

erici, Ostrea 1929c: p. 295.

erminiana Hertlein ^ Strong, Clathurella 1951 f: p. 71, pi. 1, fig. 8.

etchegoini Hertlein & Grant, Terebratalia arnoldi 1944a: p. 122,

pi. 10, figs. 5, 9-11.

eucorrugata, Ostrea titan 1934a: p. 5; new name for Ostrea titan

corrugata Nomland, 1917, not O. corrugata Brocchi, 1814, nor.

O. corrugata Hutton, 1873.

evermanni Jordan k Hertlein, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1926a: p.

439 pi. 27, fig. 1.

fayae, Acmaea turveri 1958a: p. 112, pi. 21, figs. 5-7.

fernandezensis Hertlein & Strong, Area (Area) 1943b: p. 154;

new name for Area angulata King & Broderip, 1832, not

Meuschen, 1787.

fernnndoensis, Pecten (Pseudamusium) vancouverensis 1925a:

p. 43, pi. 4, figs. 6, 7.

fonsecana Hertlein & Strong, Mactra (Micromactra) 1950c: p. 232,

pi. 2, figs. 16, 19, 20.

freudenbergi Hertlein & Jordan, Ostrea 1927a: p. 622, pi. 17,

fig. 9; pi. 18, fig. 4.

frizzelli Hertlein & Strong, Pi tar (Lamelliconcha) 1948b: p. 176,

pi. 1, figs. 1. 5, 7; pi. 2, fig. 11.

58 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2>

galapagana Hertlein 8c Strong, TransenneUa 1939b: p. 378, pi. 32,

figs. 1-3. 6, 7.

galapagana Hertlein k Strong, Vanikoro 1951 f: p. 110, pi. 11,

figs. 7, 8.

gallegosi Strong fe Hertlein, Nassarius 1937d: p. 166, pi. 35, fig. 11.

gallegosi, Odostomia (Jordaniella) 1934b: p. 67, pi. 21, fig. 3.

gallegosi, Jordan & Hertlein, Pecten (Lyropecten) 1926a: p. 434,

pi. 29, fig. 1.

gailegosiana Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Evalea) 195 If: p. 104,

pi. 8, fig. 1.

garthi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 199,

pi. 19, fig. 9.

gissleri Strong & Hertlein, Cerithiopsis 1939d: p. 216, pi. 20, fig. 7.

gissleri Strong & Hertlein, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1939d: p. 194,

pi. 18, fig. 8.

gordana Hertlein 8: Strong, Cyclostrema 1951f: p. 110, pi. 9, figs.

3, 4, 7.

gordanus Hertlein k Strong, Nassarius insculptus 1951 f: p. 81,

pi. 8, fig. 6.

gordoniana Hertlein Sc Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p.

99, pi. 5, fig. 1.

granti, Placunanomia 1928b: p. 148, pi. 23, figs. 7-9.

greenellum Hanna 8: Hertlein, Campanile 1939c: p. 101, fig. 1.

grewingki, Chlamys mediacostata 1966a: p. 276, fig. 12.

grossaforma, Cucullaea 1929c: p. 296; new name for Cucullaea

ponderosa Whiteaves, 1900, not Hutton, 1873.

gruberi Hertlein k Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951f: p. 100,

pi. 4, fig. 3.

grunskyi, Pecten (Chlamys) 1929c: p. 296.

guanacastense Hertlein 2c Strong, Cardium (Americardia) 1947a:

p. 140.

guanacastensis Hertlein &: Strong, Cerithiopsis 1951f: p. 106, pi. 7,

fig. 10.

guanacastensis Hertlein k Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f:

p. 97, pi. 5, fig. 11.

guatulcoensis Hertlein k Strong, Cerithiopsis 1951 f: p. 106, pi. 7,

fig. 7.

guatulcoensis Hertlein Sc Strong, Chione (Chione) 1948b: p. 182,

pi. 1, figs. 2, 4, 6, 10; pi. 2, figs. 1, 8, 12, 13.

guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Chysallida) 1951f:

p. 103, pi. 7, fig. 2.

guatulcoensis Hertlein Sc Strong, Turbonilla (Mormula) 1951f:

p. 92, pi. 6, fig. 9.

guerreroensis Strong 8: Hertlein, Anachis 1937d: p. 169, pi. 35,

fig. 4.

haasi Hertlein Sc Strong, Mactra (Micromactra) macescens 1950c:

p. 231; new name for Mactra (Micromactra) macescens var.

October, 1970 nautilus 59

elongata Haas, 1942, not Mactra elongata Quoy & Gaimard, 1835.

hakei, Pecten (Plas^iocteniiim) 1925b: p. 18, pi. 4, figs. 1, 3.

haleyi, Ostrea 1933b: p. 277, pi. 18, hgs. 5, 6.

haleyi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilln (Strioturbonilla) 1939d:

p. 198, pi. 19, fig. 2.

hambachi Strong & Hertlein, Delphinoidea 1939d: p. 243, pi. 22,

figs. 8-10.

hambachi, Ocenebra sloati 1958a: p. 109, pi. 21, figs. 10, 11.

hancocki Hertlein & Strong, "Mangelia" 1939b: p. 375, pi. 32,

fig. 9.

hancocki Strong & Hertlein, Megaloniphahis 1939d: p. 235, pi. 23,

figs. 1-4.

hancocki Strong & Hertlein, Pyraniidella (Pyramidella) 1939d:

p. 195, pi. 18, fig. 12.

hannai Strong & Hertlein, Delphinoidea 1939d: p. 242, pi. 22,

figs. 5-7.

hannai Grant & Hertlein, Paleoechinoneus 1938c: p. 105, pi. 23,

figs. 4, 5.

hannana Hertlein & Strong, Anachis coronata 1951f: p. 82, pi. 2,

fig. 3.

hannibali Hertlein & Jordan, Calliostoma 1927a: p. 626, pi. 21,

figs. 8, 9.

hannibali, Chrysodomus 1925a: p. 42, pi. 4, fig. 4.

hannibali Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca cumingii 1944a: p. 29,

pi. 16, figs. 7, 8, 11.

hannibali Jordan & Hertlein, Placunanomia 1926a: p. 443, pi. 28,

figs. 2-4.

harfordi Strong & Hertlein, Mitrella 1937d: p. 167, pi. 35, fig. 15.

hartmanni Hertlein & Jordan, Macron 1927a: p. 629, pi. 18, fig. 2;

pi. 21, fig. 5.

hartmanjii, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p. 8, pi. 1, figs. 4, 6.

hazuleyi, Pecten (Pecten) 1925a: p. 40, pi. 4, figs. 4, 5.

healeyi Strong & Hertlein, Strombiforrnis 1939d: p. 195, pi. 18,

fig. 7.

heimi Hertlein & Jordan, Cymia 1927a: p. 627, pi. 18, fig. 5.

heimi Strong Sc Hertlein, Liotia 1939d: p. 238, pi. 21, figs. 4, 7.

heimi, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p. 9, pi. 1, fig. 3; pi. 3, fig. 3.

hemphilli Hertlein & Strong, Latirus 1951 f: p. 79, pi. 2, fig. 4.

hemphilli Hertlein 8: Strong, Lima (Limaria) 1946a: p. 66, pi. I,

figs. 3, 4.

hemphilli Strong & Hertlein, Teinostoma 1939d: p. 244, pi. 23,

figs. 5, 8, 11.

herbertiana Hertlein & Strong, Teinostoma 1951 f: p. 112, pi. 9,

figs. 8, 11, 12.

hewitti Hanna & Hertlein, Ampullella 1949f: p. 393, pi. 77, figs.

1, 3; text fig. 2.

hilli Hertlein 8c Strong, Crockerella 1951 f: p. 79, pi. I, fig. 16.

60 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

Hindsiclava Hertlein & Strong 1955b: p. 227. Type-sp€cies by

original designation: Pleiirotoma militaris Hinds in Reeve.

hodgei, Pecten (Chlamys) 1925a: p. 42, pi. 4, figs. 1, 2.

holmani Grant & Hertlein, Paleopneustes 1938c: p. 112, pi. 25,

figs. 1, 2.

howei Hanna & Hertlein, Megasurcula 1938d: p. 107, pi. 21, figs.

10, 12, 13.

howelli Hertlein & Strong, Fusiturricula 1951f: p. 72, pi. 8, fig. 8.

hubbardi, Pecten (Chlamys) portoricensis var, 1931b: p. 368; new

name for Pecten (Chlamys) portoricensis var. grandis Hubbard,

1920, not P. grandis Sowerby,1828.

humboldti Hertlein Sc Strong, Cyclostremiscus 1951f: p. 110, pi. 10,

fig. 1.

imperialis Hertlein & Jordan, Rapana 1927a: p. 631, pi. 20, fig. 1.

incantata Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Miralda) 1939b: p. 374,

pi. 32, fig. 19.

inezensis Hertlein & Strong, Taras (Taras) 1947a: p. 130, pi. 1,

figs. 1, 4.

ingrami Hertlein & Strong, Alvania} 195 If: p. 108, pi. 7, fig. 6.

israelskyi Jordan &: Hertlein, Astrodapsis 1926a: p. 424, pi. 27,

figs. 4, 6.

israelskyi Grant Sc Hertlein, Lenita 1938c: p. 49, pi. 8, figs. 6, 7, 9.

israelskyi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Careliopsis) 1939d: p.

204, pi. 19, fig. 13.

isthmica Strong & Hertlein, Odostomia (Evalea?) 1939d: p. 208,

pi. 18, fig. 13 (not pi. 19, fig. 12, as stated).

jenkinsi Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca 1944a: p. 30, pi. 16, figs.

5, 6.

jordani, Buccinum 1925a: p. 41, pi. 3, fig. 3.

jordani Hertlein & Grant, Terebratalia 1944a, p. 125, pi. 12, figs.

1. 3, 4, 6. 7.

kanakoffi, Kelletia 1970a: p. 1, figs. 1-3.

keepi Strong & Hertlein, Trophon 1937d: p. 170, pi. 35, fig. 8.

kelseyi Hertlein & Strong, Lithophaga plumida 1946a: p. 75, pi. 1,

figs. 8, 9.

kernensis, Pecten (Patinopecten) 1925a: p. 40, pi. 4, fig. 3.

kewi Jordan & Hertlein, Astrodapsis 1926a: p. 425, pi. 27, figs. 2, 3.

kewi Grant & Hertlein, Brissus 1938c: p. 128, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2.

kleinpelli Grant & Hertlein, Echinarachnius gabbii 1938c: p. 60;

new name for Scutella gabbi var. tenuis Kew. 1915, not Echinar-

achnius tenuis Yoshiwara, 1898.

kochi Strong & Hertlein, Iselica 1939d: p. 227, pi. 19, fig. 11.

koticki, Haliotis 1937b: p. 94, pi. 42, figs. 1, 2.

lamberti Grant & Hertlein, Orchoporus 1938c: p. 52, pi. 9, figs.

3, 6.

lanieri Strong & Hertlein, Cuspidaria 1937d: p. 162, pi. 34, fig. 8.

liana Hertlein & Strong, Tellina 1945a: p. 105; new name for

October. 1970 nautilus 61

Tellina "panmncnsis Li. 1930"[=T. panamanensis Li, 1930],

not T. panomensis Philippi, 1818.

lillisi, Pecten (Pseudamusium) 1934a: p. 5, pi. \, fig. 1; pi. 2,

figs. 2, 3.

lirnbaughi Hertlein & Allison, Odostomia (CIn-ysalUda) 1968f:

p. 5, fig. 4.

liriopc Hertlein & Strong, Atys (Aliculastnim) 1951f: p. 71, pi. 8,

fig. 2.

loeli Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca 1944a: p. 35, pi. 2, fig. 19; text

fig. 4.

loeli, Ostrea 1928b: p. 144, pi. 22, figs. 2, 3.

lohri Strong & Hertlein, Micranclhim 1939d: p. 225, pi. 20, figs.

12, 13.

lohri, Pecten (Patinopecten) 1928a: p. 93: new name for Pecten

(Patinopecten) oxveni Arnold, 1906, not Pecten oweni De Gre-

gorio, 1884.

lowei Hertlein & Grant, Argyrotheca 1944a: p. 95, text fig. 23.

loxoei, Pecten (Chlamys) 1935b: p. 308, pi. 19, figs. 1, 2, 7, 8.

loxoei Strong & Hertlein, Volvulella 1937d: p. 164, pi. 35, fig. 2.

lucasann Strong & Hertlein, Nuciilana 1937d: p. 160, pi. 34, figs.

9, 12, 13.

lucasana Hertlein & Strong, Petricoln (Petricoln) 1948b: p. 194,

pi. 2, figs. 4, 9.

hicasensis Strong & Hertlein, Cohibraria 1937d: p. 173, pi. 35,

fig. 17.

Mocrarene Hertlein Sc Strong 1951f: p. 110. Type-species by origi-

nal designation: Liotia (Arene) californica Dall.

mandannaensis, Pecten 1936c. p. 58; neAv name for Pecten (Varia-

mussiiim) yiikonense Lees, 1934, not P. (Entolium) yiikonensis

Smith, 1927.

niarizanillense Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Asperiscala) 1951f:

p. 88, pi. 3, fig. 13.

marelln Hertlein, Hanna & Strong, Nuciilana (Costelloleda) 1940b:

p. 399, pi. 2, figs. 12, 13.

marksi Hertlein & Strong, Strombina 1951 f: p. 84, pi. 2, fig. 7.

marshi Strong & Hertlein. Triphora 1939d: p. 209, d1. 20, figs. 2, 3.

martensiana Hertlein & Strong, Scissilabra 1951f: p. Ill, pi. 9, figs.

1, 5, 10.

7nasayana Hertlein & Strong, Turboyiilla (Strioturbonilla) 195H:

p. 101, pi. 4, fig. 4.

mazallanica Hertlein &: Strong, Area (Anadara) 1943b: p. 156,

pi. 1, figs. 1, 4.

mccullochae Strong & Hertlein, Cyclostrema 1939d: p. 239, pi. 21,

figs. 8, 10, 11.

mcguirei Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1939d:

p. 197, pi. 19, fig. 1.

meanguerensis Hertlein Sc Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgolarnpros)

1951 f: p. 100, pi. 4, fig. 6.

62 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

mediamericanus Hertlein & Strong, Latirus 1951f: p. 80, pi. 11,.

figs. 3, 10.

menkeni Hanna ^z Hertlein, Macoma 1938d: p. 106, pi. 21, figs.

mexicanus Hertlein & Strong, Pilar (Pitarella) 1948b: p. 171, pi. 1,

figs. 3, 8.

miguelensis, Ostrea 1928b: p. 146, pi. 23, figs. 3-6.

milleri Grant & Hertlein, Lytechinus"? 1938c: p. 24, pi. 15, figs.

.1, 2.

milleriana Hertlein & Strong, Alvania 1951e: p. 154, pi. 51, fig. 4.

Miogryphus Hertlein & Grant 1944a: p. 95. Type-species by

original designation: Miogryphus willetti Hertlein & Grant.

modulatus, Pecten (Lyropecten) 1925b: p. 11, pi. 3, fig. 6.

montezumai Strong 'k Hertlein, Cerithiopsis l939d: p. 217, pi. 20,

fig. 8.

mori, Lima (Acesta) 1952a: p. 379, pi. 20, figs. 12, 13.

morickei, Pecten 1936c: p. 55; new name for Pecten tenuicostatus

Hupe, 1854, not Mighels & Adams, 1841.

morlini Grant & Hertlein, Schizaster 1956b: p. 107, pi. 29, figs. 1-8.

Morunella Emerson & Hertlein 1964f: p. 361. Type-species by

original designation: Buccinum lugubre Adams.

muir-woodsi Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca 1944a: p. 32; new name

for Patella laevis J. Sowerby, 1816, not Pennant, 1777, not

Gmelin, 1791.

nahuatliana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951f:

p. 101, pi. 5, fig. 14.

Neopleurodon Hertlein & Strong 1940b: p. 419. Type-species by

original designation: Pleurodon subdolus Strong & Hertlein.

Newaagia 1952b: p. 275; new name for Philippiella Waagen, 1907,.

not von Martens & Pfeiffer, 1886.

nicaraguana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951f:

p. 102, pi. 4, fig. 7.

nicarasana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) 1951 f: p.

92, pi. 6, fig. 8.

nicholsoni Strong & Hertlein, Circulus 1939d: p. 241, pi. 22, figs.

2-4.

nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Menestho) 195 If: p. 105,

pi. 8, fig. 3.

nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, Tellina (Scissula) 1949d: p. 85, pi. U

figs. 23-26.

nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951f: p. 96,

pi. 3, fig. 4.

Nioche Hertlein & Strong 1948b: p. 186. Type-species by original

designation: Venus asperrima Sowerby.

noetlingi, Pecten (Chlamys) prototranquebaricus var. 1936c: p. 54;

new name for Pecten (Chlamys) prototranquebaricus var, pauci-

costatus Vredenburg, 1928, not P. paucicostatus Carpenter, 1864.

October, 1970 nautilus 63

nomlnndi, Pecten crassicardo 1931b: p. 369; new name for Peclen

crassicardo biformatus Nomland, 1917, not P. biformatus Bitt-

ner, 1899.

Notochione Hertlein R: Strong 1948b: p. 188. Type-species by

original designation: Vnms cohimbiensis Sowerby.

Notocytharelln Hertlein & Strong 1955b: p. 232. Type-species by

original designation: Cytliarella niobe Dall.

notosyriacus, Pecten 1936c: p. 58; new name for Pecten syriacus

Blanckenhorn, 1890, not Jnnira syrinca Conrad, 1852.

oaxncann Hertlein &: Strong, Certthiopsis 1951f: p. 107, pi. 7, fig. 4.

oaxacana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951 f:

p. 101, pi. 5, fig. 9.

ochsneri Hertlein &: Allison, Colnbraria 1968f: p. 7, figs. 6-8.

ochsneri Hertlein & Strong, Monilispira 1949b: p. 103; ne^v name

for Pleurotoma bicolor Sowerby, 1834, not Risso, 1826.

ochsneri Strong & Hertlein, Teinostoma 1939d: p. 244, pi. 23, figs.

6, 9, 12.

octoplicoides, Pecten 1931b: p. 368; new name for Pecten octopli-

catus Stanton, 1901, not Bittner, 1895.

oerstedianiim Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1951 f:

p. 89, pi. 3, fig. 10.

osborni Hertlein & Strong, Aesopus 1951f: p. 83, pi. 11, fig. 2.

osunai, Ostrea californica 1966a: p. 272, figs. 2-6, 8, 9.

otnirocensis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgisciis) 1951 f:

p. 96, pi. 5, fig. 4.

ottomoerchi Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrs;iscus) 19511: p.

99, pi. 4, fig. 5.

ozanneana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgisciis) 19511: p. 98,

pi. 5, fig. 15.

Pacifipecten Emerson & Hertlein 1965a: p. 355 (error for Paci-

pecten Olsson).

Paleoecliinoneus Grant & Hertlein 1938c: p. 105. Type-species by

original designation: Paleoechinoneiis hannai Grant & Hertlein.

palmeri Strong & Hertlein, Triphora 1939d: p. 209, pi. 20, fig. 1.

panamica Hertlein & Strong, Pseudoneptunea 1951 f: jj. 81, pi. 2,

figs. 6, 10.

Paphonotia Hertlein & Strong 1948b: p. 192. Tyf>e-species by

original designation: Petricola elliptica Sowerby.

paradisi Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Sthenorytis) 19511: p. 9€,

pi. 3, fig. 7.

pascua, Zafra 1962b: p. 247, figs. 1-3.

paziana Hertlein & Strong, Semele 1949e: p. 247; new name for

Semele regularis Dall, 1915, not E. A. Smith, 1885.

pederseni Hertlein & Strong, Crockerella 19511: p. 78, pi. 1, fig. 15.

percarus, Pecten (Aequipecten) 1925b: p. 13, pi. 2, figs. 2, 5.

pernomus, Pecten (Cyclopecten) 1935b: p. 320, pi. 18, figs. 11-13;

new name for Pecten (Cyclopecten) rotundus Dall, 1908, not

P. rotundus von Hagenow, 1842.

64 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

perrini Hertlein & Strong, Ceritlnopsis 1951 f: p. 106, pi. 7, fig. 5.

perritn Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca 1944a: p. 36, pi. 2, figs. 14, 15.

Pethopecten 1936c: p. 27. Type-species by original designation:

Pecten (Chlamys) Szeremensis Petho.

phaneus, Pecten tehuelchus var. 1931b: p. 368; new name for

Pecten tehuelchus var. multicostata Bavay, 1906, not P. multi-

costatus Nilsson, 1827, nor P. multi-costatus Reeve, 1852.

phoeniciensis, Pecten 1936c: p. 58; new name for Pecten irregularis

Blanckenhorn, 1934, not Sowerby, 1842, nor M'Coy, 1844.

Phyllodella Hertlein &: Strong 1949d: p. 87. Type-species by

monotypy: Tellijia insculpta Hanley.

Politoleda Hertlein & Strong 1940b: p. 397. Type-species by

original designation: Nucula polita Sowerby.

portoparkerensis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Ptycheulimella)

1951f: p. 93, pi. 6, fig. 10.

posuncula Hanna & Hertlein, Natica 1938d: p. 107, pi. 21, fig. 6.

praevalidus Jordan & Hertlein, Pecten (Leptopecten) 1926a: p.

435, pi. 29, figs. 2, 3.

pretiosus, Pecten (Lyropecten) 1925b: p. 12, pi. 2, fig. 6; pi. 3,

fig. 4.

proclivis Hertlein & Strong, Tellina (Merisca) 1949d: p. 83, pi. 1,

figs. 6, 7, 14; new name for Tellina declivis Sowerby, 1868, not

Conrad, 1834.

quaylei Grant & Hertlein, Anorthoscutum oregonense 1938c: p.

93; new name for Dendraster (Calaster) oregonensis gibbosus

Kew, 1920, not Dendraster hesperis gibbosus Kew, 1920.

quaylei Hertlein & Grant, Terebratalia arnoldi 1944a: p. 122, pi.

17, figs. 1. 4, 7.

reagani Hertlein & Grant, Hemithiris 1944a: p. 54, pi. 3, figs.

14, 17; text fig. 9.

realejoensis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Cingulina) 1951 f: p.

92, pi. 5, fig. 2.

recurvata Hertlein & Strong, Tellina (Moerella) 1949d: p. 71,

pi. 1, figs. 2-4, 8.

refugioensis, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p, 7, pi. 1, fig. 2; pi. 5, fig. 9.

rehderi Hertlein & Strong, Anachis 1951 f: p. 83, pi. 2, fig. 14.

rema Strong, Hanna & Hertlein, Calliostoma 1933e: p. 121, pi. 5.

figs. 3, 4.

rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Miralda) 1951f: p. 105,

pi. 8, fig. 1.

rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p.

98. pi. 5, fig. 12.

richthofeni Strong & Herdein, Caecum 1939d: p. 224, pi. 20, fig. 11.

richthofeni Hertlein &: Jordan, Chione 1927a: p. 619, pi. 17, figs.

4, 7, 8.

ritteri Hertlein & Strong, Anachis 1951f: p. 82, pi. 2, fig. 11.

rixjordi, Fissurella 1928b: p. 151, pi. 23, fig. 2.

October, 1970 nautilus 65

roseola Hertlein &: Strong, Cymotosyrinx 1955b: p. 221, pi. 2,

fig. 27.

rositae, Plena 1928b: p. 150, pi. 25, fig. 3.

saavedrai Hertlein & Strong, Psendochoma 1946b: p. 110, pi. 1,

figs. 1, 3, 8, 10.

salvadorica Hertlein & Strong, Elaeocyma I951f: p. 76, pi. 11, fig. 5.

salvadorica Hertlein fe Strong, Volsella (Volsella) 1946a: p. 73,

pi. 1, figs. 7, 11.

saxvanensis, Pecten irituscostatus var. 1931b: p. 367; new name for

Peclen irttuscostaliis var. mullicostata Yokoyania, 1926, not P.

multicostalus Nilsson, 1827, nor P. multicostatus Reeve, 1852,

nor P. tehuelchns var. miilticoslata Bavay, 1906.

schencki Grant & Hertlein, Astrodapsis 1938c; p. 76, fig. 8.

sdiencki Hanna & Hertlein, Mytilus 1938d: p. 106, pi. 21, fig. 11.

schencki Hertlein & Strong, Nucula (Nucolopsis) 1940b: p. 384,

pi. 1, figs. 8-10.

sealei Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 201,

pi. 19, fig. 6.

silviesi, Uptonia 1925a: p. 39, pi. 3, figs. 1, 2, 5.

similaris Grant & Hertlein, Dendraster vizcainoensis 1938c: p. 90,

pi. 27, figs. 1, 2; pi. 28; fig. 8.

sinaloa Strong & Hertlein, Anachis 1937d: p. 168, pi. 35, fig. 6.

sinomarinus, Peclen 1936c: p. 27; new name for Peclen ambiguus

Bavay, 1904, not Munster in Goldfuss, 1833.

slevini Strong & Hertlein, Epitonium (Asperoscala) 1939d: p. 193,

pi. 18, fig. 9.

sloati, Ocenebra 1958a: p. 108, pi. 21, figs. 8, 9.

sloali, Siliqua 1961b: p. 14, pi. 5, figs. 1, 2; pi. 6, figs. 4-7.

socorroensis Hertlein & Strong, Lalirus 195 id: p. 76, pi. 26, fig. 8.

solilarius Hertlein & Allison, Cyclostremiscus 1968f: p. 2, fig. 1.

soniliana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgolarnpros) 1951 f:

p. 100, pi. 4, fig. 2.

sorenseni Hertlein & Strong, Trophon (Acanthotrophon) 1951f:

p. 86, pi. 2, fig. 1.

spectri Hertlein &: Strong, Mocoma (Psammacoma) panameyisis

1949d: p. 91, pi. 1, figs. 9, 10, 16.

spinulosoides, Pecten lelnielclnis var. 1931b: p. 368; new name for

Pecten tehuelcJius var. spinulosa Bavay, 1906, not Pecten spinu-

losus Goldfuss, 1834-1840.

sphoni, Lima (Plicacesta) 1963b: p. 3, figs. 1-3.

starri Hertlein &: Jordan, Crassispira 1927a: p. 626, pi. 21, fig. 7.

stephensae Strong &: Hertlein, Cylichna 1939d: p. 190, pi. 18,

figs. 2, 5.

stevensi Grant & Hertlein, Eiipatagus 1938c: p. 134, fig. 12.

stonei Hertlein & Strong, "Philbertia" 1939b: p. 375, pi. 32, fig. 8.

stonei Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 199,

pi. 19, fig. 5.

66 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2>

strohbeeni Hertlein & Strong, Cyrnatosyrinx 1951 f: p. 77, pi. 1,.

fig. 14.

Strumbinoturris Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 84. Type-species by

original designation: Strombinotiirris crockeri Hertlein & Strong.

strongiana, Acmaea 1958a: p. 109, pi. 21, figs. 1, 2.

subdolus, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1925b: p. 20, pi. 5, figs. 2, 4, 7.

sub dolus Strong & Hertlein, Pleurodon 1937d: p. 162, pi. 35, figs.

14, 18, 19.

subdotella Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Telloda) 1951 f: p. 104,

pi. 8, fig. 5.

sulacana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 95,

pi. 6, fig. 12.

suteri, Pecten (Chlamys) 1933d: p. 63; new name for Pecten

radiatus Hutton, 1873, not Ostrea radiata Gmelin, 1791, nor

P. radiatus Bosc, 1801,

swansoni Hertlein & Strong, Pterynotus (Pteropurpura) 1951f:

p. 85, pi. 2, figs. 8, 12.

swartsi Hertlein & Jordan, Glycymeris 1927a: p. 620, pi. 17,

figs. 1, 2.

sxvetti Strong & Hertlein, Odostomia (Chrysallida) 1939d: p. 206,-

pl. 18, fig. 11.

Su'iftopecten 1935b: p. 319. Type-species by original designation:

Pecten swiftii Bemardi.

tabogaensis Strong & Hertlein, Cylichna (Cylichnella) 1939d: p.

191, pi. 18, fig. 4.

taigai Hertlein & Strong, Circulus 1951f: p. Ill, pi. 10, figs. 6, 8, 9.

tangolaensis Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951f: p. 75, pi. U

fig. 13.

teevani Hertlein & Strong, Anachis 1951f: p. 83, pi. 2, fig. 5.

teevani Hertlein & Strong, Periploma 1946b: p. 95, pi. 1, figs. 2, 6.

teglandi Hanna & Hertlein, Natica 1938d: p. 108; new name for

Natica dalli Tegland, 1933, not Cossmann, 1925.

tehuantepecana Hertlein & Stiong, Odostomia (Evalina) 1951f:

p. 105, pi. 8, fig. 7.

tehuantepecana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f:

p. 99, pi. 5, fig. 7.

Tellinidella Hertlein & Strong 1949d: p. 79. Type-species by

original designation: Tellinides purpureus Broderip & Sowerby..

Telloda Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 104. Type-species by original

designation: Odostomia (Scalenostoma) dotella Dall & Bartscli.

templetonis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951f: p.

95, pi. 6, fig. 11.

terminalis Grant & Hertlein, Echinocyamus 1938c: p. 48, figs. 5,,

6a, 6b.

texta Hertlein & Strong, Atrina 1943b: p. 166, pi. 1, figs. 9, 10.

tinajasensis Hanna & Hertlein, Spiroglyphus 1941c: p. 170, pi. 62„

figs. 5, 12.

October, 1971) nautilus 67

toirntinn Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Cirsotrema) 1951f: p. 89,

'pi. S, figs. 1, 5.

tolmoni Hertlein & Grant, Eog^yphus 1944a: p. 89, pi. 5, figs. 1-3,

7; pi. 18, figs. 1, 9-11; text' fig. 22.

toulal Hertlein & Jordan, Sanguinolaria 1927a: p. 625, pi. 20, fig. 2.

tritschi, Turritclla 1928b: p.' 156, pi. 24, figs. 2-5, 7, 8.

tropicalis Hertlein & Strong, Ensis 1955b: p. 203, pi. 3, figs. 34, 35.

trosti Strong & Hertlein, AmpJiithahwius 1939d: p. 228, pi. 21,

fig. 2.

Irosti Strong &: Hertlein, Poromya 1937d: p. 163, pi. 34, figs. 3-6.

tin-vcri Hertlein & Strong, Acinaea 1951e: p. 152, pi. 51, figs. 1-3.

Hirveri Hertlein &: Strong, Kylix 1951 f: p. 76, pi. 1, fig. 1.

ulloana Hertlein & Strong, Cydinella kroyeri 1948b: p. 179, pi. 2,

figs. 5-7.

ulloana, Tellina 1968a: p. 80.

ulyssi Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgisciis) 1951 f: p. 96, pi.

5. fig. 10.

undatoides Hertlein & Strong, Lucina 1945: p. 105; new name for

Lucina iindata Carpenter, 1865, not Lamarck, 1819.

uUiana Hertlein 8c Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgisculiis) 1951 f: p. 93,

pi. 5, figs. 6, 8.

vetero, Pecten (Leptopecten) 1935b: p. 316, pi. 19, figs. 13, 14.

veleronis Hertlein & Strong, Alvania 1939b: p. 373, pi. 32, fig. 18.

veleronis Strong & Hertlein, Cyclostrema 1947c: p. 31; new name

for Cyclostrema bartschi Strong & Hertlein, 1939, not Mansfield,

1930.

veleronis Strong &: Hertlein, Cylichna 1939d: p. 191, pi. 18, fig. 3.

-veraguaensis Strong ^ Hertlein, Alabina 1939d: p. 218, pi. 19,

fig. 15.

vestae Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Bartschella) 1951 f: p. 91,

pi. 6, fig. 4.

vivesi Hertlein & Strong, Epitoniutn (Asperiscala) 1951f: p. 88,

pi. 3, fig. 11.

vivesi Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 195 If: p. 93,

pi. 6, fig. 15.

vizcainoensis Grant 8c Hertlein, Dendraster 1938c: p. 90, pi. 8,

figs. 1-3.

vredenburgi, Pecten (Chlaynys) 1936c: p. 55; new name for Pecten

middlemissi Das-Gupta, 1924, not P. (Clilamys) middlemissH

Diener, 1913.

walkerianum Hertlein 8c Strong, Epitonium (Asperiscala) 1951f:

p. 88, pi. 3, fig. 12.

waluensis, Pecten 1933d: p. 62; new name for Pecten thomasi

Mansfield, 1926, not Sowerby,1897.

waringi Hertlein & Grant, Terebratulina tejonensis 1944a: p. 77,

pi. 5, figs. 12-16, 21.

washingtonensisHtxiXtin ^ Grant, Gryphus 1944a: p. 93, pi. 16,

figs. 'l 3, 14, 16, 21.

68 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

lueaveri Hertlein & Grant, Terebratulina unguicula 1944a: p. 81,

pi. 6. figs. 4, 5, 8, 9; text fig. 20.

xuetmorei Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgisciis) 1937d: p. 172,

pi. 35, fig. 1.

wiedeyi, Ostrea 1928b: p. 147, pi. 23, figs. 1, 10.

wigginsi Emerson & Hertlein, Cancellaria (Aphera) 1964f: p. 362,

figs. 5d, 5e.

willetti Hertlein & Strong, Anticlimax (SubcUmax) 1951f: p. 112,

pi. 9, figs. 13-15.

willetti Strong & Hertlein, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1937d: p. 171,

pi. 35, fig. 5.

willetti Hertlein & Grant, Miogryphus 1944a: p. 95, pi. 11, figs.

4-9.

wittichi Hertlein & Jordan, Turritella 1927a: p. 635, pi. 21, figs.

3, 4.

wittichi Hertlein & Jordan, Thais 1927a: p. 633, pi. 18, fig. 3.

luoodbridgei Hertlein & Strong, Marginella 195 Id: p. 80, pi. 26,

figs. 3, 4.

woodbridgei Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Chrysallida) 1951f:

p. 103, pi. 3, fig. 8.

woynari Hertlein & Grant, Brisaster townsendi 1960e: p. 132, pi.

25, fig. 5; pi. 26, figs. 1-3.

wrighti Jordan & Hertlein, Forreria 1926a: p. 448, pi. 32, figs. 1, 3.

wurtsbaughi Strong & Hertlein, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1939d:

p. 193, pi. 18, fig. 14.

wythei, Pecteji vaiin var. 1933d: p. 63; new name for Pecten x>aun

var. flabellum Cooke, 1919, not Ostrea flabellum Gmelin, 1791,

nor P. flabellum Bosc, 1801, nor P. flabellum Defrance, 1825.

xanti Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951f: p. 74, pi. 1, fig. 3.

ynezensis Hertlein & Grant, Eogryphus tolmani 1944a: p. 90, pi. 18,

figs. 5, 12, 13, 18.

yolettae Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 94,

pi. 6, fig. 13.

zaca Strong, Hanna & Hertlein, Mitra 1933e: p. 120, pi. 5, fig. 10.

zacae Strong & Hertlein, Fusinus 1937d: p. 165, pi. 35, fig. 10.

zacae Hertlein & Strong, Kylix 1951 f: p. 76, pi. 1, fig. 5.

zacae, Pecten (Delectopecten) 1935b: p. 321, pi. 18, figs. 3-6.

zacae Hertlein & Strong, Teinostoma 1951f: p. 112, pi. 10, figs.

11-13.

zacae Hertlein & Strong, Tellina (Tellinella) 1949d: p. 65, pi. 1,

figs. 12, 13, 17.

zacae Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 195 If: p. 95,

pi. 3. fig. 3.

Zacatrophon Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 86. Type-species by

original designation: Trophon (Boreotrophon) beebei Hertlein

& Strong.

October, 1970 nautilus 69

zeelandoniis, Pecten 1931b: p. 369; new name ior Pccten imparicos-

tatus Bavay, 1905, not Bituier, 1895.

zeteki Strong & Hertlein, Barleeio 1939d: p. 228, pi. 21, fig. 1.

zeteki Hertlein & Strong, Muricopsis 1951 f: p. 85, pi. 2, fig. 9.

zeteki Hertlein & Hanna, Mytilopsis 1949c: p. 15, pi. 4, figs. 1-4.

zeteki, Pecten (Chlarnys) 1935b: p. 306, pi. 19, fig. 9; neiv name for

Pecten digitatus Hinds, 1844, not digitatum Perry, 1811.

NEW PLIOCENE CHLAMYS (SWIFTOPECTEN) AND

BERINGIUS FROM THE ALASKA PENINSULA

By F. Stearns MacNeil

5958 Prather Drive, Fort Myers, Florida 33901

The two new species here described were collected from the

upper ledge of the beach cliff at Cape Tachilni, near the western

end of the Alaska Peninsula, presumably from the Tachilni Forma-

tion (Pliocene) of Waldron (1961, p. 686). The collection was

made by a field party of the Standard Oil Co. of California in

1967 and subsequently donated to the U. S. Geological Survey at

Menlo Park, California, where it bears USGS Cenozoic loc. no.

M4044. The types and one other figured specimen are deposited

in the U.S. National Museum.

Neither species has been found previously in Alaska although

beds of the same age probably are present elsewhere in the Alaska

Peninsula and around the northern border of the Gulf of Alaska.

Genus Chlamys Roding 1798

Subgenus Swiftopecten Hertlein 1935

Assignment of the present new species to Siviftopecten can hardly

be made without some discussion of the delimitation of the sub-

genus. The type species, the Recent Chlamys (Snnftopecten) swifti

(Bernardi) , is, perhaps, the most extreme member of the sub-

genus as commonly construed. Similar forms are known at least as

far back as the middle Miocene (Otsutsumi Formation) of north-

ern Honshu, Japan (Masuda, 1959, pi. 9, fig. 1), as well as in

several intermediate Pliocene and Pleistocene formations. Another

group of species, and the one to ^vhich the present new species

belongs, is well represented in the Pliocene of California and the

Miocene and Pliocene of Japan. The California s|3ecies, which

include Pecten wattsi and Pecten nutteri of Arnold (1906), are

referred to Swiftopecten by recent .\merican authors. The Japan-

70 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

ese counterparts comprise Pecten cosibensis Yokoyama and its

various subspecies (see Masuda, 1959-b) . A few Japanese authors

have referred one or the other of these forms to Swiftopecten, but

they are not now so regarded by Masuda (1962, p. 149) , the fore-

most of the modern Japanese students of pectinids. Grant and

Gale (1931) , on the other hand, placed P. cosibensis Yokoyama

and P. heteroglypta Yokoyama, the latter now generally regarded

as a subspecies of P. cosibensis, in the synonymy of two California

species.

The Otsutsumi Formation contains another species, Pecten

(Swiftopecten?) otutumiensis Nomura and Hatai, that probably

is referable to Swiftopecten. One Oligocene species, Chlamys

kitamurai Kotaka, that could likewise belong to the subgenus.

Masuda (1960, p. 380) concluded that typical Swiftopecten was

descended from Nanaochlamys Hatai and Masuda and could not,

therefore, be construed as a subgenus of Chlamys. The P. cosibensis

group he referred to Chlamys. In the writer's opinion, neither of

these groups is related to Nanaochlamys but represent two distinct

sections of Chlamys (Swiftopecten). A possible third group, wliich

is more closely related to C. (S.) swifti than to C. (5.) cosibensis,

is represented by C. (S.) donmilleri MacNeil from the middle

Miocene of Alaska and C. (S.) parmeleei (Dall) from the Plio-

cene of California.

There is no rule or policy that restricts a generic name to a sin-

gle phylogenetic lineage. Some multilinear diversification must be

admitted in every genus and the limits of such diversification must

be entirely arbitrary. The assignment of the present species to

Swiftopecten is made with the conviction, therefore, that it does

not belong to the group represented by the type species, but to a

parallel group of common ancestry and of sufficient morphological

similarity to be included in Swiftopecten.

Chlamys (Swiftopecten) leohertleini MacNeil, n. sp.

figs. 1-3

Description: Shell of medium size, moderately inflated, slightly

higher than long. Apical angle moderately broad and nearly sym-

metrical, possibly broader in young juveniles. Ears moderately

large; anterior ear broad, byssal sinus narrow and of moderate

depth; posterior ear with a nearly vertical posterior margin. Dorsal

margins subequal in length, posterior margin straight, anterior

October, 11)70 nautilus 71

margin very weakly concave. Juvenile sculpture discordant and

irregular, right valve with about 8 primary fascicles, each con-

sisting of from 3 to 7 secondary riblets of unequal size and spacing,

left valve with primary lirations corresjxjnding to interfascicular

areas of right valve and broad irregularly lirate interspaces cor-

responding to fascicles of right valve. Adult sculpture consisting

on the right valve of irregular and poorly defined plications re-

sulting from the fusion of the secondary riblets at the first growth

varix; left valve with more sharply rounded and weakly nodose

plications, some of the secondary lirations of the juvenile stage

developing unevenly as secondai-y and tertiary plications. Growth

varices stronger and more widely spaced on young stages, about

3 on medium sized individuals, about 6 on large sf>ecimens. Ears

sculptured with moderately strong ribs and interspaces of about

equal width. Byssal fasciole with growth lines only.

Discussion: The only fossil reported previously from Alaska that

bears any resemblance to diis species is a fragment (MacNeil, 1967,

pi. 8, fig. 9) from the middle part of the section (supposedly

Pliocene) of Tugidak Island and referred, with other fragments,

to Chlamys {"Chla?)iys") aff. C. ("C") trinitiensis MacNeil.

Chlamys (Sioiftopecten) leohertleini has a wider apical angle and

more irregular sculpture than either C. (S.) cosibensis (Yoko-

yama) or the most closely related California species, C. (5.)

mttteri (Arnold) . Furthermore, there is more discordance between

the juvenile and adult sculpture of C. (S.) leohertleini than in

any other known species of the subgenus.

Dimensions: The holotype (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. no. 646461)

measures: height, 69.5 mm., length, 64.5 mm. The smaller figured

left valve (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. no. 646462) measures: height,

61 mm., length, 53.5 mm. The largest specimen collected, a right

valve with 6 growth varices, measures: height, 94 mm., length,

89 mm.

Genus Beringius Dall 1879

The genus Beringius, as presently construed, would seem to

defy generic description. All species assigned to the genus have a

prominent protoconch of 4 to 5 whorls which ranges from narrowly

conical to nearly straight. The ribs range from very strong and

crudely T-shaped to nearly obsolete. Some species have well de-

fined curved axial ribs whereas other species have no suggestion

of axial ribs. The suture ranges from weakly appressed to deeply

72 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

sunken. Some species have well defined shoulders whereas other

species are bulbous and rounded. The strong, swollen siphonal

fasciole that characterizes the typical section of the genus is weak

or absent on some other species assigned to the genus. Neverthe-

less, one gets the distinct impression that the species now included

in Beringiiis are closely related and that if the genus is ever sub-

divided the new taxon or taxa will remain as subgenera of

Beringius. As with numerous other cold water gastropod genera,

Beringius appears to be undergoing major evolutionary change and

diversification at the present time.

Beringius hertleini MacNeil, n. sp.

figs. 4-5

Desaiption: Shell of medium size for the genus; spire mod-

erately high; protoconch unknown; body whorl moderately

rounded, early whorls less rounded; sutures weakly incised;

shoulders moderately narrow, subtabulate and sloping, sub-

tended by an upturned blunt collar; aperture subrounded, more

swollen anteriorly; inner lip curved with a moderately thick cal-

lus; siphonal notch moderately indented, siphonal fasciole mod-

erately inflated and curved. Sculpture consisting of crude spiral

ribs which are stronger on the spire whorls, about 4 to 5 on the

early whorls and about 10 to 12 on the body whorl, those on

the body whorl tending to become nearly obsolete in the most

advanced stage. Growth lines irregular in both size and spacing.

Discussion: Although clearly distinct, B. hertleini is more

closely related to the type species, B. crebricostatus (Dall) than

to any other described species of the genus. Both species have

strong to moderately strong spiral ribs and no axial ribs, and on

both species the uppermost spiral sets off a shoulder concavity.

All other known species of the genus have rounded shoulders

and axial ribs of varying strength (See Smith, 1959) .

The spiral ribs of B. hertleini are weaker than those of

B. crebricostatus, much weaker on the body whorl, and they have

no tendency to be T-shaped. The spire is lower on B. hertleini

and the sutures are less sunken. The whorls are more inflated

and the siphonal fasciole is more prominent.

A possible undescribed early relative of this species occurs in

the lower part of the Yakataga Formation (horizon probably

middle Miocene) along the northern Gulf of Alaska. The Yaka-

October. 1970

NAUTILUS

73

Figs. 1-2. Chluiiiys (Su'lftopecU'iij holicrtleini MacNeil, n. sp. Right and left

valves of holotyiie. Fig. 3. .Same, left valve. Figs. 4-5. Beringius liertlciui

MacNeil. ii. sj). A]H-ilinal and rear views of iioloty])e.

74 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

taga species is more slender but the gradual weakening of the

spiral ribs with age is similar. The Yakataga species has a straight

columella, however, and there is no suggestion of a swollen

siphonal fasciole. The aperture of the Yakataga species is more

like that of Neptiinea.

Dimensions: The holotype (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. no. 646463)

measures: height 99 mm., diameter 60 mm.

References

Arnold, Ralph. 1906. The Tertiary and Quaternary Pectens of

California: U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 47, 264 p., 53 pis.

Grant, U. S., IV, and Gale, H. R. 1931. Catalogue of the marine

Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California and adjacent

regions: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem., v. 1, 1036 p., 32 pis.

MacNeil, F. S. 1967. Cenozoic Pectinids of Alaska, Iceland, and

other northern regions: U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 553, 57

p., 25 pis.

Masula, Koichiro. 1959. On the Miocene Pectinidae from the en-

virons of Sendai; Pt. 14, on Pecten swifti Bernardi: Trans.

Proc. Palaeont. Soc. Japan, N. S., no. 34, pp. 86-96, pi. 9.

. 1959-b. On the Miocene Pectinidae from the environs of

Sendai; Pt. 15, Pecten cosibensis Yokoyama and its related

species: Trans. Proc. Palaeont. Soc. Japan, N. S., no. 35, pp.

121-132, pi. 12.

-. 1960. On the morphogenesis of Nanoochlamys: Tohoku

Univ. Sci. Repts., 2d ser. (Geology) , Spec. Volume 4 (Hanzawa

Memorial Volume), pp. 371-383, pi. 39.

1962. Tertiary Pectinidae of Japan; Tohoku Univ. Sci.

Repts., 2d ser. (Geology), v. 33, no. 2, pp. 117-238, pis. 18-27.

Smith, A. G. 1959. A new Beringius from the Pacific Northwest

with comments on certain described forms: Nautilus, v. 73, no.

1, 9 p. 3 pis.

Waldron, H. H. 1961. Geologic reconnaissance of Frosty Peak

Volcano and vicinity, Alaska: U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 1028-T,

pp. 677-708, pi. 79, fig. 104.

October, 1970 nautilus 75

PELECYPODS, SUCCESSFUL INVADERS

OF THE INFAUNA

By DAVID NICOL

Department of Geology. University of Florida

Gainesville. Florida 32601

Although the fact that the sudden appearance of many different

marine invertebrate groups in the Early Cambrian is well known,

still these early faunas were relatively impoverished. It was not

until the beginning of Middle Ordovician time that the marine

invertebrate faunas had a diversity that would compare favorably

widi living marine faunas. The gradual increase in diversity of

the marine invertebrate faunas occmred throughout the Middle

and Late Cambrian and into the Early Ordovician. The fossil

record dearly indicates that new phyla and classes of invertebrates

became adapted to all of the major marine realms, including

burrowers into the substrate (infaunal) , sessile or vagrant bottom

dwellers (epifaunal) , swimmers (nektonic) , and floaters (plank-

tonic) . None of these major realms of the seas was completely

filled by invertebrates until the Middle Ordovician. Throughout

the rest of the Paleozoic, the marine invertebrate communities

became relatively stable with extinction and replacement occur-

ring mostly at the generic and familial levels.

The remainder of this discussion on Early Paleozoic marine

faunas will be restricted mainly to animals that burrow into the

sea bottom for either protection or food. Traces of both feeding

and dwelling burrows have been noticed in Late Precambrian

and Cambrian clastic sediments. The burrows were made by

soft-bodied animals that were not fossilized. Among the animals

having a good fossil record, few Cambrian groups were able to

burrow. A few trilobites may have been capable of some shallow

burrowing, but most trilobites apparently crawled along the bot-

tom. Among the brachiopods, only some of the lingulaceans Avere

burrowers, and the vast majority of brachiopods were epifaunal

animals. The list of major groups of Cambrian invertebrates,

taken mainly from Harland, et al. (1967), gives clear indication

that no other invertebrates were burrowers during Cambrian

time. With the advent of the j^elecypods, we have for the first

time a large group of shelled invertebrates, the majority of whose

representatives were adapted for a life of burrowing in the soft

sediments of the sea bottom. Although questionably appearing

76 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2)

as early as the Middle Cambrian, pelecypods did not become

reasonably common and diverse until about the early part of the

Middle Ordovician. By that time the protobranchs were well

established and were feechng on organic material in the deposits

of the ocean bottom. From the shape of the shells, one can deduce

that most of the rest of the basic stocks of Ordovician pelecypods

were also burrowers, but mytiloids, which appear to have been

byssally attached epifaunal forms, are abundant and diverse in

Middle and Late Ordovician faunas. Burrowing species in the

Ordovician were about 70 per cent of the total pelecypod fauna,

just as tliey are today (Nicol, 1968) . Stanley (1968) has empha-

sized the fact that many new groups of burrowing and boring

pelecypods appeared throughout the Mesozoic and Cenozoic, and

these were more efficient infaunal animals as a consequence of

mantle fusion and siphon formation. However, the epifaunal

pelecypods also increased greatly in diversity throughout the

Mesozoic and Cenozoic.

At least one other group of animals with well developed skel-

etons successfully invaded the infauna, the irregular echinoids

during the Jurassic, but the possible competition for space within

the substrate by these animals did not seem to affect the increasing

diversity of infaunal pelecypods from Jurassic onward.

Bretsky (1969) has noted that the most stable Paleozoic marine

community Avas the nearshore or onshore one dominated mainly

by infaunal linguloid brachiopods and the deposit-feeding proto-

branch pelecypods. This onshore environment would have more

fluctuations in temperature and salinity than regions of deeper

water farther from shore, and one would expect that these onshore

communities would have more rapid changes in evolution or

community comjX)sition because of the unstable environmental

concUtions. That this is not the case may be due in part to the

fact that the infaunal animals were somewhat protected from

rapid changes of temperature and salinity by living in their bur-

rows or within the substrate, and the further fact that competition

from other animals ^vas negligible.

In conclusion, the infaunal realm was still little occupied by

marine invertebrates in the Cambrian, and the pelecypods with

their digging foot were well adapted to invade this area during

the Ordovician and have continued to be successful infaunal

animals to the present.

October, 1970 nautilus iii

LlTIRATl RK CvITI.D

Bretsky, P. W., Jr. 1969. Evolution of Paleozoic benthic marine

invertebrate communities. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology,

Palaeoecology. Elsevier Publishing Co., Amsterdam. 6: 45-59.

Harland, W. B., et al. (editors). 1967. The fossil record, a sym-

posium with documentation. Geol. Soc. London. 1-827.

Nicol, D. 1968. Are pelecy|xxls primarily infaunal animals? Nau-

tilus. 82 (2) : 37-43.

Stanley, S. M. 1968. Post-Paleozoic adaptive radiation of infaunal

bivalve molluscs — a consequence of mantle fusion and siphon

formation. Jour. Paleo. 42 (1) 214-229.

NEWS

The subscription price to The Nautilus, beginning with the

July, 1971 issue (vol. 85, no 1) will rise slightly to $5.00 per

year ($5.75 foreign). $1.50 per copy.

George F. Kline, well-known collector and benefactor of mala-

cology, died in Honolulu, Hawaii, on June 9, 1970. He was born

in Elizabeth, New Jersey, on October 26, 1907. George and his

wife, Mary Clapp Kline, began collecting in the Bahamas in

1948, and later participated in numerous scientific expeditions

sponsored by the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

He was a Director of the Natural Science Foundation and a mem-

ber of tJie business board of Indo-Pacific Mollusca. He contributed

several articles to The Nautilus, and helped develop new ideas

in the collecting, photographing and curating of mollusks.

WORLD WIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS for sale New 1970

Price List on request. "Illustrated Catalog of Popular Mar-

ginella Species" now available also, 117 species shown with

full data and values listed with cover in color. Price S2.00.

PHILLIP W. CLOVER

Apartado de Correos 22

Rota Cadiz, Spain

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists

of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-

ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also

included. To obtain free copies write:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.

LIVING VOLUTES

A Monograph of the Recent Vohitidae of the World

by Clifton S. Weaver

and

John E. du Pont

This is the first scholarly review of this colorful and

popular group of seashells within the last hundred years.

Over 200 species and subspecies are beautifully illustrated

in full natural colors on 79 plates. Color photographs of liv-

ing animals in their natural habitats add splendor to this

remarkable book. Dozens of carefully executed anatomical

drawings and distributional maps supplement the lucid

scientific text to enable easy identification. Hundreds of de-

tailed synonomies are given.

375 pages, 9x12 inches Text figures and maps

79 full-color plates Bound. Price: $55.00

Swainson's EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY

now available at a startlingly low price!

Now only $13.75 (formerly $30.00)

The few remaining copies of this unusual facsimile have

been purchased by the Delaware Museum of Natural History

and are now made available practically at cost to all libraries,

scientists and amateur conchologists. 48 beautiful, colored

plates, representing a faithful reproduction of Swainson's

1834 and 1841 classic, together with the original text and a

modem analysis by R. Tucker Abbott and Nora McMillan.

Handsomely bound, gilt-edged on 3 sides and in full 9x12

inch page size. A useful and rare work belonging in the

library of every lover of mollusks. Both available from your

favorite book dealer or directly from the

Delaware Museum of Natural Histoi-y

Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A.

Vol. 84 JANUARY, 1971 No. 3

THE

NAUTILUS

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

R. Ti'CKER Abbott, du Pont Chair of Malacology

Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Del. 19807

Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.

(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)

Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department

La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141

CONTENTS

Caduhis (Gadila) perpnsillus (Sowerby, 1832) an earlier name

for C. (G.) panamensis. By William K. Emerson 77

New typhid species from the South China Sea.

By T. Habe and S. Kosuge 82

New Ancistrolepis from the Bering Sea (Buccinidae) .

By T. Habe and K. Ito 84

Environmental control of form in land snails— a case of

unusual precision. By Stephen J. Gould 86

New Hydrobiidae from Ozark Caves. By Leslie Hubricht ... 93

The ecological significance of Thyasira bisecta Conrad.

By Saburo Kanno 96

On some Helicina from the Dominican Republic.

By M. K. Jacobson and W. J. Clench 101

A new species of Ashmunella from the Davis Mountains in

West Texas. By E. P. Cheatum 107

Athearnia, new name for a genus of pleurocerid snails.

By J. P. E. Morrison 110

News Ill Publications received ... 112

$5.00 per year ($5.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.50 a copy.

Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager

11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083

«;<./-ori/i.r.la« Pnstagp paid at Spring House, Pa.

l/larine Biological Labcraiory

L_l BRA R"^

FEB 3 1971

NAUTILUS:

A quarterly journal devoted to the study of molliisks, edited and published

by R. Tucker Abbott, Horace B. Baker (editor emeritus) and Charles B.

Wurtz. Business and subscription manager: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, II Chelten

Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 19083.

AUTHORS PLE.\SE NOTE

Matter for publication should be sent to the editor-in-chief, Dr. R. Tucker

Abbott, Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware 19807.

Please give your reprint order, if any, when submitting your manuscript.

Kindly attempt to conform with the format of the journal, including the style

of the references cited and the use of figure numbers of the illustrations.

Please correct and retiun galley proof within 24 hours. The editors reserve

the right to ignore unnecessary changes. .Authors are charged for engraving

blocks of photographs or drawings at cost. Minimum charge for each block is

.53.00. The publishers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $40 per

page of text for state or fedei"ally financed research in order to cover costs.

Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be wrhten on or

ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPF. REPRINTS aiC shipped, with iuvolces,

by PONY PRINTING, 4 Cloverdale Avenue, Upper Darby, Pennsylvania

19082. PURCHASE ORDERS, when required, and shipping instructions,

MUST accompany original ordei^s. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work because

of delayed receipt of purchase orders will be charged for accordingly.

TEXT PAPER 2 pp. V pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.

First, 100 copies 3.70 8.20 16.40 24.40 30.60

Additional 100 80 2.95 6.50 9.90 11.45

PLATE PAPER

First 100 copies 4.00 8.75 17.45 25.95 32.70

.Additional 100 1.05 3.50 7.55 11.45 13..55

Prices subject to change without notice. Postage extra.

The Nadtilus is an official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from

Mrs. Marion S. Hubbard, 3957 Marlow Ct., Seaford, N. Y. 11783.

Back Issiif.s: Vols. 1-71, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,

Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017. Vols. 72 to date are

available from the Nautilus, U Chelten Road. Havertown, Pennsylvania

19083, and vary in price.

In satisfaction of postal regulation 132-622.

Owners (but non-profit) : Dr. S: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Dr. Charles B.

Wurtz, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott. Paid subscriptions: 575. shipped by mail.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 January. 1971 No. 3

CADULUS (GADILA) PERPUSILLUS (SOWERBY, 1832),

AN EARLIER NAME FOR C. (G.) PANAMENSIS

SHARP AND PILSBRY, 1898

By William K. Emerson

American Museum of Natural History

New York, New York 10024

Dentalium perpusillum G. B. Sowerby, I (1832, p. 29) was

described from Puerto Salango, "West Columbia" [Panama], in

10 fathoms. Sowerby did not provide an illustration, but he

noted in the brief description that his taxon was related to

Dentalium gadus [= Cadulus (Gadila) gadus (Montagu, 1803) ].

The status of this Panamic species of Cadulus became confused

when G. B. Sowerby, II (1860, p. 104) refened D. perpusillus to

the annelid genus Ditrupa in his monograph of the Scaphopoda

in tlie Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Considering the time, this sys-

tematic assignment was not unusual. As the result of the inade-

quate original description and the lack of an illustration, the

identity of Sowerby's Cadulus perpusillus has remained in doubt

to the present time.

In a review of the living and extinct scaphopods, Pilsbry and

Sharp (1898, p. 190) surmised that Sowerby's taxon might be

conspecific with the eastern Pacific taxon they described as

Cadulus (Gadila) panamensis Sharp and Pilsbry (1898, p. 191,

pi. 36, figs. 23-25) . They preferred to propose a new species in

the absence of the type material of C. perpusillus. Dall (1909, p.

249) followed this concept at first. He referred specimens from

off Baja California, Mexico to Guayaquil, Ecuador, to C. perpu-

sillus^ citing figures of Pilsbry and Sharp (1898, pi. 36, figs. 23, 24)

representing C. panamensis. In a later pa|3er, Dall (1921, p. 58)

extended the range of C. perpusillus north to Monterey, Cali-

fornia. This taxon, however, apparently is restricted to the Pan-

amic faunal province and it is not known to range north of

Cedros Island along the west coast of Baja California. It does

occur throughout the Gulf of California, and it is reported by

^Submitted in honor of Leo George Hertlein; see vol. 84, no. 2, Oct. 1970.

77

78 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

Jordan (1936, pp. 112, 149) as a Pleistocene fossil from Magdalena

Bay, Baja California. In extending the range into the Califomian

and Oregonian faunal provinces, Dall (1921) expanded his con-

cept of Sowerby's species. Several subsequent students accepted

this revised interpretation, making it difficult to ascertain what

species were included in the literature under the name of C. per-

pusillus. In recent years, most workers have considered Sowerby's

taxon to be a species inquirendae, and the name C. panamensis

has been used.

Through the courtesy of the late William J. Rees, I was able

to obtain on loan the type lot of C. perpusillus from the British

Museum (Natural History) . It consists of five specimens mounted

on a wooden block with a label reading "D. perpiisillum Sow.,

Salango, W. Columbia, sandy mud, 10 fms., H.[ugh] C.[uming]."

These data correspond to those given in the original description.

The largest specimen is 7.5 mm. in length; the smallest is 6 mm.

in length. The best preserved specimen, which measures 7.2 mm.

in length, with an oral aperture of 0.75 mm. in diameter and an

apical orifice of 0.33 mm. in diameter, is designated here the

lectotype. This specimen possesses well-defined annular sculpture

(fig. 3A-D) . In the four paralectotypes, the encircling wrinkles

are less developed but they are evident under magnification.

The type lot of Cadulus (Gadila) panamensis Sharp and Pilsbry,

1898, is deposited in the U.S. National Museum. It comprises

eight specimens dredged in the Bay of Panama in 51 fathoms

(U.S.F.C. Station 2805). A lectotype is selected. U.S.N. M. no.

122795, and illustrated herein (figure 2).

A comparison of the typological specimens of C. perpusillus

(Sowerby, 1832) with those of C. panamensis Sharp and Pilsbry,

1898, indicates that these nominal species are conspecific. Thus,

Cadulus (Gadila) perpusillus (Sowerby) is known to range from

Cedros Island, Baja California, Mexico, to Consag Rock, near

the head of the Gulf of California, and south to Panama Bay,

Panama, and the Galapagos Islands; ? Ecuador (Dall, 1909) .

The shell characters of this species are very distinctive. The

conspicuous constriction near the oral aperture and the encircling

wrinkles serve admirably as distinguishing characters. The de-

gree of development and number of wrinkles varies considerably

among individuals (figs. 3D, 4D) . The annular sculpture is

commonly retained only on well-preserved specimens; some speci-

January, 1971 nautilus 79

mens lack surface sculpture. The size and outline of the shell

also is quite variable. A large, stout form was named C. pann men-

sis var. major by Pilsbi-y and Sharp (1898, p. 192, pi. 36, figs. 28

[lectotype here selected and illustrated, fig. 1] 29, 30 [paralecto-

tyj>es]) . Another infrasubspecific form, which is long and slender,

approaches C. (Gadila) leptodoma Pilsbry and Olsson, 1941 (p.

49, pi. 10, fig. 11), a taxon described from the Pliocene of Ecua-

dor. A similar. Recent specimen from the Bay of Panama is il-

lustrated, figures 4A-D.

The present species is closely related to the western Atlantic

C. acus Dall (1889, p. 423, pi. 27, fig. 11), but it is larger, more

curved, and has a greater apertural contraction. Cadulus dentali-

nvs (Guppy, 1873, pp. 87, 88, pi. 1, fig. 11), from the Miocene

of Jamaica, has a very similar shell, but that of C. perpusillus is

slightly stouter. The present species resembles other nominal

species described from late Tertiary deposits in the Caribbean

region.

These small, needle-shaped species, with distinctive annular

sculpture are known to occur from the Miocene to Recent time

in mid-latitudes of the New World, and at least one species is

recorded from tlie tropical western Pacific Ocean. This group was

afforded nomenclatural recognition by Woodring (1925, p. 206) ,

who proposed the taxon Gadilopsis as a section of the subgenus

Gadila Gray, 1847. As I have pointed out elsewhere (Emerson,

1962, p. 478) , circular sculpture is not developed in all constitu-

ents of the extinct and living populations of the American species

comprising this complex. Therefore, I have retained this group

in Gadila (type species by original designation: Dentalium gadus

Montagu, 1803). Should anatomical studies demonstrate that this

is a valid species group, Gadilopsis (type species by original desig-

nation: Ditrupa dentalina Guppy, 1873) would be applicable.

Literature Cited

Dall, W.H. 1889. Reports on the results of dredging, ... in the

Gulf of Mexico . . . and in the Caribbean Sea ... by the U.S.

Coast Survey steamer "Blake," . . . Mollusca . . . Gastropoda

and Scaphopoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 18, pp. 1-492, pis.

10-40.

Dall, W.H. 1909. Report on a collection of shells from Peru, with

a summary of the littoral marine Mollusca of the Peruvian zoo-

logical province. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 57(1704) : 147-294, pis.

20-28.

80 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

Dall, W.H. 1921. Summary of the shellbearing mollusks of the

northwest coast of America . . . U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 112, pp.

1-217, pis. 1-22.

Emerson, W.K. 1962. A classification of the scaphopod mollusks.

Jour. Paleont., 36 (S) : 461-482, pis. 76-80, 2 text figs.

Gray, J.E. 1847. A list of the genera of Recent Mollusca, their

synonymy and types. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1847, pp.

129-219.

Guppy, R.J.L. 1873. On some new Tertiary fossils from Jamaica.

Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, 2(2), pt. 10:72-88, pis. 1, 2.

Jordan, E.K. 1936. The Pleistocene fauna of Magdalena Bay,

Lower California. Contr. Dept. Geology, Stanford Univ., / (4) :

lO.S-173, pis. 17-19.

Montagu, G. 1803. Testacea Britannica, or natural history of

British shells. London, 606 p., 29 pis.

Pilsbry, H.A., and B. Sharp. 1897-1898. Tryon's manual of conch-

ology; Scapho}X)da. Ser. 1, 17, pp. xxxii + ^44 [1897], pp.

145-280 [1898], pis. 1-39.

Pilsbry, H.A., and A. A. Olsson. 1941. A Pliocene fauna from

western Ecuador. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 93: 1-79,

pis. 1-19.

Sowerby, G.B., I, in W.J. Broderip and G.B. Sowerby. 1832.

Characters of ne^v species of Mollusca and Conchifera. Proc.

Zool. Soc. London, for 1832, pp. 25-33.

Sowerby, G.B., IL 1860. Thesaurus conchyliorum, or monograph

of genera of shells. London, 3, Monograph of the genus Dental-

inm, pp. 97-104, pis. 223-225.

Woodring, W.P. 1925. Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica,

pt. 1, Pelecypods and scaphopods. Carnegie Inst. Publ., no. 366,

pp. 1-222, pis. 1-22.

Cadulus (Gadila) perpusillus (Sowerby)

Figure 1. Lectotvpe of Cadulus (Gadila) perpusillus var. major Pilsbry and

Sharp. 1898, U.S.N. M. No. 9()570, oft Baja California, Mexico, in 66 fathoms

(U.S.F.C. Sta. 2830) ; x H.

Figure 2. Lectotype of C. (G.) panametisis Sharp and Pilsbry, 1898, U.S.N.M.

No. 122795, Bay of Panama, in 51 fathoms (U.S.F.C. Sta. 2805); x 5.

Figure 3A-D. Lectotype of Dcntaliuni perpusiUuin Sowerby, 1832, Puerto

Salango, Panama, in 10 fathoms, British Museum (Natural History); A,

B X 10; C X 30; D x 38. Fig. D, detail of sculpture of a portion of the sur-

face near anal aperture.

Figure 4A-I). Example of attenuated form of Cadulus (Gadila) perpusillus

(Sowerby) , Toboga Island, Panama, in 2 to 5 fathoms (A. Hancock Founda-

tion bottom sample No. 346); A. B, C. x 10; D x 38. Fig. D. detail of sur-

face sculpture.

January, 1971

NAUTILUS

Explanation of figures (opposite page)

82

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (3)

NEW TYPHID SPECIES FROM

THE SOUTH CHINA SEA

Uv TADASHIGE HARE and SADAO KOSUGE

National Science Museum, Tokyo, Japan

The writers have received two typhid species collected by

coral fishing boats from the South China Sea through Dr. Kin'iclii

Sakurai and Mr. Seiji Suzuki, of Maruma Shell Co. One is Typhis

(Monstrotyphis) tosacnsis Azuma and another is a new species

described herew-ith. The writers express their sinceie thanks to

the gentlemen mentioned above for their kind cooperation.

Typhis ramosus, neiv species (Figures 1, 2)

Description — Shell rather large for the typhid group, biconic in

shape, stout, pale-brown in color, ornamented with reddish

brown, transverse lines of 2 on the teleoconch whorls and of 5

on the body whorl, but with a chalky bloom on the surface in

the fully grown specimens. Spire conically elevated. Protoconch

of 2 whorls bearing a papillary tip which is smooth and polished,

translucently white, roundly convex. Teleoconch of 4.5 whorls,

foliated with varices which are 4 per whorl, arranged and con-

tinuing up to the earlier whorls spirally, and with 2 spines on

the teleoconch whorls and 5 on the body whorl. Spines bent back

and sharply pointed at the tip, except the shoidder spine which

Figs. 1, 2. Typhis raino.siis Hahc antl Kosuge, iicic sp'-rics. Holotypc, 16.3

nun. in height.

January, 1971 nautilus 83

is bent upward. Posterior siphonal iul)cs arising al)out midway

between the varices, long and slender to the tip, slis^hily curved

basally. The last siphonal tulje near the aperture is apparently

the largest and longest ol them. Intervarical area has weak

giowth lines; 2 brown lines are on the teleoconch whorls and

5 on the body whorl. Aperture roundly ovate with a continuous

peristome, and produced forward and ajjart from the penulti-

mate wall. Varix at the outer margin rather broad and stout,

armed with spines. Anterior sijjhonal tube broad at the base

and attenuating towards the distal end, and slightly curved back-

ward; closed throughout antl forming a tube. Operculum roundly

ovate rather thick, reddish brown and with the nucleus near the

lower end.

Height 16.'} nnn. and breadth 9.0 nnn. (type sj>ecimen pre-

served in the National Science Museum, NSMT — Mo — 38872) .

Height 21. .S mm. and breadth 11.3 mm. (paratype s|>ecimen pre-

served in the National Science Museum-Mo) .

Type locality — South China Sea.

Remarks — Typhis philippetisis Watson from Port Philip, Mel-

bourne, South Australia, is closely allied to this new species in

general features, especially in having the spines on the varices.

However, it has no spiral colored bands on the surface, nor the

narrow and long anterior siphonal canal of ramosus.

Literature cited

Azuma, M. 1960. A catalogue of the shell-bearing mollusca of

Okinoshima Kashiwajima and the adjacent area of Tosa Prov-

ince, Shikoku, Japan, p. 99, pi. 2, fig. 8, text fig. 8.

Gertman, R. L. 1969. Cenozoic Typhinae (Mollusca: GastrofX)da)

of the Western Atlantic Region. Tulane Stud. Geol. Paleont.,

vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 143-191, pis. 1-8, text figs. 1-3.

Habe, T. 1964. Shells of the Western Pacific in color, vol. 2, p. 83,

pi. 27 figs. 1-2.

Iredale, T. 1924. Results from Roy Bell's molluscan collections.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. 49 (3), pp. 271-3, pi. 34, fig.

10.

Keen, A. M. 1944. Catalogue and revision of the gastropod sub-

family Typhinae. Jour, of Paleont., vol. 18, (1), pp. 50-72, text

figs. 1-20.

Keen, A. M. and G. B. Campbell 1964. Ten new species of

Typhinae (Gastropoda: Muricidae) . Veliger, vol. 7, (1), pp.

46-57, pis. 8-11, 3 text figs.

Watson, R. B. 1885. Scaphopoda and Gastropoda. Rep. Sci. Res.

Expl. Voy. Challenger, Zool., vol. 15, pp. 162-163, pi. 10, fig. 4.

84 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

NEW ANCISTROLEPIS FROM

THE BERING SEA (BUCCINIDAE)

Bv lADASHIGE HABE AND KnOSHI HO

National Science Miisemn, lokyo

The genus Ancistioicpis was established by Dall in 1894 with

Chrysodo/nu.s eucosmius Dall irom Alaska designated the type

species. Four species and two subspecies, namely A. eticosniins

Dall, A. c. bicinctiis Dall, A. beringianus Dall, A. gemmatus Dall,

A. g. ymnnzakii Kuroda, and A. hikitai Kuroda, have been re-

ported from the Northern Pacific. Recently we received a speci-

men trom the Bering Sea which is very close to the type species

in the general features. But it has a conically turrited shell with

three prominent spiral cords equidistantly placed to each other

and one subsutural cord just below the upper suture on the

whorls, and four basal spiral cords in addition to them on the

body whorl. It seems to be a new sub-species of A. eucosmius Dall.

We wish to express our sincere thanks to Mr. Seishiro Koyama

who sent this specimen for our study.

Fig. \.Antistrolepis^euc<»nnius knyaruni Habc and Ito new ST.ibspecics. Holo-

type, .^7.5 mm. in height. ■ .".,;..•.-: ,

January, 1971 nautilus 85

Ancistrolepis eucosmlus, koyamai, new subspecies (Fig- 1)

Description — Shell is rather small for tlie genus, white, solid,

conically turreted, with six whorls excluding the eroded nucleus,

covered with a thick olivaceous and densely lamellated perio-

sti-acum. Each whorl has four spiral cords and minute spiral

threads between them. The uppermost cord just below the suture

is rather weakly formed. Below a rather wide space is a prominent

cord on the shoulder; the other three cords are prominently and

equidistantly-placcd. The body whorl is as large as three fifths of

Uie shell height and has eight spiral cords which are also prom-

inent (excluding the subsutural cord) and are subequidistantly

arranged on the base. The aperture is ovate with a wide, short

siphonal canal, white within, internally bearing shallow grooves.

The outer margin is roundly curved and waved at the edge by

the ends of the spiral cords; columellar pillar short and callous

and somewhat twisted near the end of the distinct fasciole.

Height 37.5 mm. and breadth 19.8 mm. (figured type specimen

preserved in the National Science Museum, NSMT — MO. 38541) .

Type locality — Bering Sea (more exact locality unknown) .

Remarks — Ancistrolepis fujitai Kuroda and A. kinoshitai Kur-

oda have been removed to the genus Parancistrolepis Azuma be-

cause they have multicuspidate marginal teeth superficially very

close to tliose of the genus Fusinus in the family Fasciolariidae.

A. trochoideus Dall and A. t. ovoidcus Habe and Ito are allocated

to the subgenus Bathyancistrolepis Habe and Ito the nodule of

which has three cusps on the marginal tooth, with the middle

one minute in size.

Literature Cited

Azuma, M. 1965. On the Radulae of Ancistrolepis kinoshitai

(Kuroda) and A. trochoidens ovoideus Habe and Ito. Jap. Jour.

Malac. (Venus), vol. 24, pp. 127-129.

Dall, W. H. 1907. Descriptions of New Species of Shells, chiefly

Buccinidae, from the dredgings of the U. S. S. "Albatross" dur-

ing 1906 in the Northwestern Pacific, Bering, Okhotsk and

Japanese seas. Smithsonia Misc. Coll., vol. 50, (2), pp. 139-173.

1925. Illustrations of Unfigured Types of Shells in the Col-

lection of the United States National Museum, Proc. U. S. Nat.

Mus., vol. 16, pp. 1-41, pis. 1-36.

Habe, T. and K. Ito. 1965. Shells of the World in colour, vol. 1

(The Northern Pacific), 176 pp, 56 pis.

86 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

1965. New Genera and Species chiefly collected from the

North Pacific. Jap. Jour. Malac. (Venus), vol. 24, pp. 16-45,

pis. 2-4.

Habe, T. and K. Ito. 1968, Buccinid Species from Rausu, Hok-

kaido. Jap. Jour Malac (Venus), vol. 27, pp. 1-8, pi. 1.

Kuroda, T. 1931. On the Japanese Species of the Chrysodomid

whelks, Ajicistrolepis and Japelion, Venus, vol. 2, pp. 221-234,

textfigs 1-18.

Oldroyd, I. S. 1927. The Marine Shells from the West Coast of

North America, vol. 2, pt. 1, 289 pp., 29 pis.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL OF FORM

IN LAND SNAILS

A CASE OF UNUSUAL PRECISION

By STEPHEN J. GOULD

Museum of Comparative Zoology

Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138

We are removed nearly a century from the time when land

snails first played devil's advocate to Darwinism. The advocate:

Achatinella. Mephisto: none other than the Reverend Gulick

(1873) . The claim: geographic variation in form proceeds from

isolation alone; it is spontaneous and unrelated to climate or

habitat. Nonetheless, when conchologists marvel at the wondrous

diversity of Cerion, Liguus, or Partula and doubt that it is either

adaptive or even correlated with the variation of environments,

they merely repeat Gulick's claim, though it has been disproved

for his own material (Welch, 1938, 1942, 1958).

To this historic argument against selection that Gulick pro-

posed and Crampton (1916, 1925, 1932) pursued, the modern

evolutionist responds by recording correlations between form and

environment. To be sure, not all such correlations refute the anti-

selectionist thesis since many, especially in intraspecific situations,

are produced directly and have no genetic basis. But even these

purely phenotypic events can reinforce a selectionist interpreta-

tion because their direction may correspond to similar genetic

events at higher systematic levels. Having recognized the pheno-

typic effect, we may be able to give an adaptive explanation for

the genetic differences. In Bermudian land snails of the sub-

genus P. (Poecilozonites), for example, the correlation of shell

thickness with available CaCOs is pervasive, but the effect is al-

most surely phenotypic in some cases (thick shells on limestone

January, 1971 nautilus 87

walls, thin in a neighboring field — Gould, 19691), p. 191, no. 7)

and definitely genetic in others (development of paedomorphic,

thin-shelled subspecies of P. berrmidensis in lime-poor red soils —

Gould, 1969b, pp. 478-479).

Another reason for tabulating all correlations of form and en-

vironment as potential support for selectionist views lies in the

difficulty of sorting phenotypic from genetic effects — any list will

almost always include some genetic events. This inability, in

most cases, to identify the causes of a correlation has often been

noted, usually with dismay and sometimes even with despair

(Best, 1961, on trilobites; Jolicoeur, 1959, on wolves; Nichols,

1962, on heart urchins; Mitra, 1958, on brachiopods; and, for

land snails, Rensch, 1932, on the albinism of xerophiles and

Welch, 1958, for Achatinella).

A strategy for demonstrating the close relationship between en-

vironment and form in land snails might proceed in three stages.

First, we mtist map geographic variation to see if it correlates

with topography, temperature, soil type, or any other environ-

mental factor — see, for example, Welch (1958), Rensch (1937),

Baker (1924), and Gould (1969a). Secondly, we want to know

how predictable and precise the environmental control upon form

has been. The temporal recurrence of climatic cycles during

Pleistocene ice ages often induced fluctuations in form that mir-

ror the climatic curve precisely — see, for example, Kurten (1965)

for size in mammals, Ericson (1959) for coiling directions in fora-

minifera, and Gould (1970) for size, umbilical width and shell

thickness in land snails. Finally, a hypotheses of climatic control

will be greatly strengthened if several taxa reacted in the same

way to the same set of climatic events — see Reyment (1966) on

Nigerian fossil ostracods.

The following case belongs to this last, and most remarkable,

category of precise determination for several taxa.

Five species of helicoid land snails are fotmd in a Pleistocene

red soil at Tom Moore's Cave, Hamilton Parish, Bermuda (Lo-

cality 53 of Gould, 1969b; see Bretz, 1960 and Land, Mackenzie

and Gould, 1967 on Bermudian geology; the soil belongs to the

Shore Hills formation and represents a pre-Sangamonian glacia-

tion) . The species are distributed in three very different size

ranges:

88

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (3)

Fable 1. Umbilical Widtas for ?'ive Species of llelicoid Land Snails

at Tom Koore's Cave vs. all otUer Shore Hills Samples

(in ram) .

1. Large Poecilozonites

(at neigiit + width = 30 mm)

a) P. bermudenais

2. Small Poecilozonites

(at width = 3.3 mm)

a) P^. circumfirmatus

D ) P_, reinianus vannttai

c) P. olandi heilprini

3. Microgastropods

(at width = l.y mm)

a) 'i'iiysanophora hypolepta

0.81

O.T'*

0.72-0. To

1. The endemic sagdid Thysa7iophora hypolepta Shuttl. at ca.

2 mm in adult width.

2. Three species of the two smaller subgenera of the outstand-

ing, endemic genus Poecilozonites all ca. 10 mm in adult width

— P. (Gastrelasmus) circumfirmatus Rdfld., P. (Discozonites) reinia-

nus vanattai (Pilsbry) and P. (D.) blandi heilprini Pilsbry,

3. The large P. (Poecilozonites) bermudensis Pfr., reaching adult

widtlis up to 28 mm.

I noticed that umbilical widths seemed to be greater at this

locality than for others from the same time period; consequently,

I measured umbilici for these five species in all samples of the

Shore Hills soil.

Compaiisons among samples of the same species must be made

at a common standard (size, whorl number, age or developmental

stage, for example) . Otherwise, real differences cannot be dis-

tinguished from artifacts that result from varying ontogenetic

size distributions among samples. Likewise, the common practice

of using ratios to "avoid" differences in size does no such thing,

for allometry (Gould, 1966) is defined as size-correlated change

of shape (i.e. of ratios) and strictly isometric growth is not com-

mon— and certainly impossible in snails with domed spires be-

cause height must grow faster than width to produce a dome.

Helicids, cerionids and many other land snails have a recogniza-

January, 1971 nautilus 89

ble adult stage that serves as an obvious slanclaixl for comparison;

but both Thysanophora and Poecilozonites grow throughout life

and show no change of coloration, shell thickness or coiling di-

rection to mark the adult. I chose to make comparisons at stand-

ard sizes (1.9 mm width in Thysanophora, 9.3 mm for the three

small Poecilozonites and 30 mm height -\- width for P. bermuden-

sis) . I chose each sample to represent as large an ontogenetic

series as possible and computed the regression of umbilical width

upon total width for each. (Although both variates are subject

to error, regression of y on x is still the appropriate curve-fitting

technique because we are trying to predict y at some given value

of X. For each species, tlie standard size is chosen, to avoid the

dangers of extrapolation, as the largest size well within the

measured range of all samples) . The values recorded on Table

1, therefore, are diose predicted from the regression equations

at the standard sizes for each sample.

For each of the five species, umbilical widths at standard sizes

are larger in the Tom Moore's sample than in any other con-

temporaneous sample. 1 am particularly impressed by the fact

that this environmental control is exerted in such a similar and

precise way over such a range of species sizes.

What is the environmental significance of a wide umbilicus?

In P. (Poecilozonites) , there is a persistent negative correlation

between shell thickness and umbilical width (Gould, 1969b).

This results from two factors: a tendency for thick shells to be

strongly domed and constriction of the umbilicus at die aperture

by a thickened inner lip. Shell tliickness, at least in P. {Poecil-

ozonites) , is an almost automatic response to the availability of

CaCOg for shell construction. (The correlation of shell thickness

with available lime is the best documented of correlations be-

tween form and environment in pulmonates — see, for example,

Rensch, 1932; Oldham, 1929 and 1934; Boycott, 1934; Robertson,

1941; and Frank and Meyling, 1966). The lime content of Ber-

muda's red soils ranges from less than 2 percent to more than 50

percent (Ruhe, et al., 1961). I would infer, therefore, that the

soil at Tom Moore's Cave was poorer in lime than that of any

other Shore Hills sample.

As to the genetic basis of these differences in umbilical width,

I can only conjecture; but the conjecture raises an interesting

90

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (3)

possibility. For the three small Poecilozonite.s and for Thysano-

phora, the Tom Moore's shells exhibit no evident differences

from their contemporaries beyond the distinction in umbilical

widths (Fig. la) . If the extent of genetic change is related to the

degree of phenetic difference (which, of course, it need not be) ,

we might want to ascribe these umbilical effects to direct en-

vironmental induction. They do, at least, conform to the usual

criteria for such inferences — extremely local events involving

la

U

Fig. la (top four drawings) . .\pertural and umbilical views of P. circum-

(irmalus from Government Quarry, Graveyard Fissure (Locality 5, of Gould,

1969b) on left and from Tom Moore's Cave on right. 1 can find no major

differences beyond those due to the wider umbilicus of Tom Moore's shells.

The effect may be phenotypic.

Fig. lb (bottom four drawings) . Left: P. bertnudensis zoiiatus from Gov-

ernment Quarr), Graveyard Fissure. Right: P. bermudensis fasolti from

Tom M(K)re's Cave. Tom Moore's shells are more widely umbilicate, but

they are also more weakly colored (persistent juvenile flames that do not

coalesce into bands) , thinner shelled (no parietal callus) , lower and more

triangulate in cross section, and with a different apertural shai>e. All these

features characterize juvenile stages of P. bennudenis zonatus, and the Tom

Moore's sample represents a paedomorphic jx>pulation that is genetically

distinct from P. b. zonatus. All specimens actual size.

January, 1971 nautilus 91

labile characters mcxlified in the same way in several taxa. The

situation in P. bermudensis is clifTerent. The Tom Moore's shells

belong to the paedomorpliic subspecies P. bermudensis fasolti,

while all other samples contain shells of the central stock, P. ber-

mudensis zonatus. Differences between the two taxa involve many

aspects of shell form — color, thickness, and shape (Fig. lb) — and

their geographic distribution meets the criteria of biologic sub-

species (P.b. fosolti is a local population at the geographic pe-

riphery of the range of P.b. zonatus) . Moreover, the wide umbili-

cus of P.b. jasolti is an integral part of the paedomorphic char-

acter complex; it is not a separate feature that has undergone

independent, environmental modification. The paedomorphosis

itself is almost surely genetic (Gould, 1969b, pp. 478-479). Thus,

the precise environmental control that produced wide umbilici at

Tom Moore's Cave may have been direct (i.e. phenotypic) for

some species and indirect for others (by setting the direction of

natural selection) . If this interpretation is correct, it provides

support for my previous assertion (Gould, 1968 and 1969b, pp.

482-483) that the adaptive significance of paedomorphosis, which

occurred at least four times during the Pleistocene history of P.

bermudensis, lies in the thin shell that it produces and that lime-

poor habitats require.

ACKOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Joan Trey for making the measurements and Carol

Jones for drafting the figure. This work is contribution No. 483

from the Bermuda Biological Station for Research. Supported in

part by NSF grant GA-901.

Literature Cited

Baker, H. B., 1924. Land and fresh-water molluscs of the Dutch

Leeward Islands. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. vol. 152,

pp. 1-158.

Best, R. v., 1961. Intraspecific variation in Encrinurus ornatus.

Jour. Paleontology, vol. 35, pp. 1029-1040.

Boycott, A. E., 1934. The habitats of land Mollusca in Britain.

J. Ecol., vol. 22, pp. 1-38.

Bretz, J. H., 1960. Bermuda: a partially drowned, late mature.

Pleistocene karst. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. vol. 71, pp. 1729-1754.

Crampton, H. E., 1916. Studies on the variation, distribution and

evolution of the genus Partula. The species inhabiting Tahiti.

Carn. Inst. Washington Publ., no. 228, pp. 1-311.

, 1925. Studies on the variation, distribution and evolution

92 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

of the genus Partula. The species of the Mariana Islands, Guam

and Saipan. Carn. Inst. Washington Publ., vol. 228a. pp. 1-116.

1932. Studies on the variation, distribution and evolution

of the genus Partula. The species inhabiting Moorea. Carn.

Inst. Washington Pub., vol. 410, pp. 1-335.

Ericson, D. B., 1959. Coiling direction of Globigerina pacy derma

as a climatic index. Science, vol. 130, pp. 219-220.

Frank, G. FI. and A. H. Meyling, 1966. A contribution to the

conchometry of Biomphalaria pfeifferi (Basommatophora: Pla-

norbidae) . Malacologia, vol. 3, pp. 379-398.

Gould, S. }., 1966. Allometry and size in ontogeny and phylogeny.

Biol. Rev., vol. 41, pp. 587-640.

, 1968. Ontogeny and the explanation f f form: an allometric

analysis. In: Paleobiological aspects of growth and develop-

ment, a symposium. Paleont. Soc, Mem. 2, Jour. Paleontology,

vol. 42(5), suppl., pp. 81-98.

— - — , 1969a. Character variation in two land snails from the

Dutch Leeward Islands: Geography, environment and evolu-

tion. Syst. Zool., vol. 18, pp. 185-200.

1969b. An evolutionary microcosm: Pleistocene and Re-

cent history of the land snail P. (Poecilozonites) in Bermuda.

Bull. Mus. Com. Zool., vol. 138; 407-532.

, 1970. Coincidence of climatic and faunal fluctuations in

Pleistocene Bermuda. Science, vol. 168, pp. 572-573.

Gulick, J. T., 1873. On diversity of evolution under one set of

external conditions. J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 11, pp. 496-505.

Jolicoeur, P., 1959. Multivariate geographical variation in the

wolf Canis lupus L. Evolution, vol. 13, pp. 283-299.

Kurten, B., 1965. The Carnivora of the Pleistocene caves. Acta

Zool. Fennica, vol. 107, pp. 1-74.

Land, L. S., F. T. Mackenzie, and S. j. Gould, 1957. The Pleisto-

cene history of Bermuda. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amor., vol. 78, pp.

993-1006.

Mitra, K. C, 1958. Variation in Goniorhynchin boueti from

Normandy and Dorset. J. Paleont, vol. 32, pp. 992-1006.

Nichols, D., 1962. Differential selection in populations of a heart

urchin. Systematics Assoc. Pub., vol. 4, pp. 105-118.

Oldham, C, 1929. The influence of lime on the shell of Ariantn

arbustorum (L.) . Proc. Malacol. Soc. London, vol. 18, pp. 143-

144.

, 1934. Furtlier observations on th - influence of lime on the

shells of snails. Vroc.. Malacol. Soc. London, vol. 21, pp. 131-138.

Rensch, B., 1932. Uber die Abhiingigkeit der Grosse, des relativen

Gewirhtes und der Oberflachenstruktur der Landschneckens-

chalen von den Umwelts faktoren (Okologische Mollusken-

studien I.) . Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere, vol. 25, pp. 758-807.

, 1937. Untersuchungcn iiber Rassenbildi ng luid Erblich-

January, 1971 nautilus 93

keit von Rassenmerkmalen bei sizilischen Landschnccken. Z.

Ind. Abstain. Vererb., vol. 72, pp. 504-588.

Reyment, R. A., 1966. Studies on Nigerian Upper Cretaceous

and Lower Tertiary Ostracoda. Part 3: Stratigraphical, paleo-

ecological and bionietrical conclusion. Stockholm Contr. Geol.,

vol. 14, pp. 1-151.

Robertson, J. D., 1941. The function and metabolism of calcium

in the invertebrates. Biol. Rev., vol. 16, pp. 106-13.^.

Ruhe, R. v., y. G. Cady, and R. S. Gomez, 1961. Paleosols of

Bermuda. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 72, pp. 1121-1142.

Weldi, D. A., 1938. Distribution and variation of Achalinella

mustelina Mighels in the Waianae mountains, Oahu. Bull.

Bernice P. Bishop Nfus., vol. 152, pp. 1-164.

, 1942. Distribution and variation of the Hawaiian tree snail

Achntinelln apexfub'a Dixon in the Koolau Range, Oahu.

Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 103, pp. 1-236.

, 1958. Distribution and variation of the Hawaiian tree snail

Achatinella bulimoides Swainson on the windward slope of the

Koolau Range, Oahu. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol.

110, pp. 123-211.

NEW HYDROBIIDAE FROM OZARK CAVES

Bv LESLIE HUBRICHT

Amnicola stygia, nezo species. (Figs. 1, 2. 3)

Description — Shell small, broadly conic, thin and very fragile,

opaque, straw-colored; whorls 3 to 3.5, well-rounded, the last

whorl barely appressed to the preceding whorl, sutures very deep,

nuclear whorl raised; umbilicus open, about one-sixth the di-

ameter of the shell; aperture round, peristome continuous, barely

attached to the preceding whorl or sometimes free, lip thin,

slightly sinuous, columellar margin not reflected or bent. Opercu-

lum comeus, paucispiral, with about 3 whorls, nucleus a little

below the center.

Animal white and blind, without any trace of eyes; verge bifid,

rather stout; central tooth of the radula with II denticles on the

reflection, one moderately large mesocone and 5 ectoconcs on

each side; lateral tooth with 8 denticles, one rather large meso-

cone, 3 entocones, and 4 ectocones; marginal teeth with numerous

small denticles.

Height 2.4 mm., diameter 2.7 mm., aperture height 1.0 mm.,

diameter 1.0 mm., umbilicus diameter 0.4 mm., 3.2 whorls. Holo-

type.

94

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (3)

Distribution — Missouri: Perry Co: stream in Tom Moore Cave,

3 miles north of Perryville, holotype 164173 and paratypes 164172,

Field Museum of Natural History, other paratypes 38750, col-

lection of the author; stieam in Berome Moore Cave, 3.5 miles

northeast of Perryville (Stewart Peck, coll.) . These two caves are

part of one cave system. The same stream flows through both.

Figs. 1. 2, 3, Amnicola slygia Hubricht, holotype. Figs. 4, 5, 6. Antrolna

culveri Hubricht, holotype.

January, 1971 nautilus 95

Remarks — Amnicola stygia appears to be most closely related

to A. limosa (Say), the verges being identical. The shell, how-

ever, is qtiite different. It is more depressed, being wider than

high; with a more open umbilicus. The aperture is circular, and

the shell has fewer whorls. In life the shells are coated with a

thick black deposit.

Antrobia, new genus

Description — Shell small, conical, higher than wide, whorls 3.5,

aperture roundly oval; peristome continuous, lip simple, colum-

ella not thickened; umbilicus open; operculum thin, subhya-

line, paucispiral. Animal white and blind; verge simple, tapering

to a point, without appendages, attached to the center of the back

and lying on the right side, when at rest curled forward in nearly

a full circle so that the tip rests at the center of the back near the

point of attachment. Radula similar to that of Amnicola but the

mesocone of the central tooth is not enlarged, being only slightly

larger than the adjacent ectocones, there are 5 ectocones on each

side and 2 basocones; lateral teeth with 8 denticles which are

very similar in size; marginals with numerous very fine teeth;

the denticles of the central and lateral teeth are about as long

as wide and are blunt; the teeth of the marginals are slender

and sharp.

Type species: Antrobia culveri, new species.

Antrobia culveri, neiu species (Figs. 4, 5, 6)

Description — Shell small, conical, pale-yellow, subhyaline;

Avhorls 3.5, well-rounded, the last whorl lightly appressed to the

preceding ^vhorl, sutures deep, nuclear whorl depressed; umbilicus

open, about 6.5 times in the diameter of the shell; aperture nearly

round, peristome complete across parietal margin, adnate to pre-

ceding whorl; lip thin, sinuous, columellar margin straight, basal

and outer margins ^vell rounded; sculpture of many fine spiral

lines; opercuhim corneous, paucispiral, with about 3.5 whorls,

nucleus a little below and to the left of center.

Animal white and blind, without any trace of eyes, verge sim-

ple, tapering to a point, oval in cross section, attached to the

center of the back and lying on the right side; central tooth of

the radula with 11 denticles on the reflection, the mesocone only

slightly larger than the adjoining ectocones, 5 ectocones on each

side; lateral tooth with 8 denticles, 3 entocones, 1 small mesocone,

96 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

and 4 ectocones; marginal teetli with numerous small denticles.

Height 2.3 mm., diameter 2.0 mm., aperture height 1.2 mm.,

diameter 1.1 nun., umbilicus diameter 0.3 m., 3.5 whorls. Holo-

type.

Distributio7i — Missouri: Taney Co.: stream in Tumbling Creek

Cave, 4.5 miles northeast of Protem (David Culver; Thomas Aley;

L. Hubricht, colls.), holotype 164171 and paratypes 164170

FMNH., other paratypes 36263, 36840, 38780 collection of the

author.

Antrobia culveri could not be readily confused with any other

species of Hydrobiidae of the central United States. The only

species with which the shell might be confused is Amnicola stygia,

but in that species the shell is wider than high and the nuclear

whorl is not depressed.

My thanks to Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, for

having Miss Claire Vanderslice, Illustrator in Lower Inverte-

brates, prepare the shell figures used in this paper.

THE ECOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF

THYASIRA BISECTA CONRAD i

By SABURO KANNO

Tokyo University of Education, Tokyo, Japan

Specimens of Thyasira bisecta Conrad have been reported from

Cenozoic strata ranging in age from Eocene to Pleistocene in tlie

northern Pacific (Taiwan, Japan, Sakhalin, Kamchatka, Alaska,

Washington, Oregon, California) . Because most of these occur-

rences are from dark-colored muddy rocks, this bivalve has gen-

erally been regarded as a deep-water species. Included herein are

several records of living specimens of T. bisecta from the north-

western coast of North America and from the Japanese Islands.

These data modify some of the earlier concepts of this species

as an indicator of a deep-water environment.

Tfiyasira bisecta has great variation in shape, and some paleon-

tologists have considered these variations as distinct species or

subspecies, whereas others have considered all these variations

in form as a single species. I have observed these variations in

shape but am inclined to consider them as one species. Krishtof-

ovich's (1936) "Thyasira bisecta group" is the same as my broad

' Submitted in honor of Leo George Hertlein; see voL 84, no. 2, Oct. 1970.

January, 1971 nautilus 97

concept of T. bisecta, and I consider Conchocele disjuncta Gabb

to be a synonym of T. bisecta.

Although those specimens taken from localities 5 and 7 were

shore collections, they had some periostracmn and the matching

valves were intact. Specimens from locality 7 were collected from

raised beach deposits caused by the uplift which accompanied the

1964 Alaskan Earthquake (Plafker, 1967) . According to Plafker

the locality in Macleod Harbor, Montague Island, was uplifted

about 10 meters by die earthquake. Moreover, all specimens from

locality 7 are articulated and in such fresh condition that they

probably represent in situ living specimens. Thus, Recent speci-

mens can inhabit depths of less than 10 meters where the average

temperature is about 6.6°C in February and 12.5°C in August.

No living specimens were collected off Shikoku and Cape Erimo,

Japan (localities 1 and 4) , but the valves are articulated with

some periostracum (Kuroda, 1938; Habe, 1961) .

The data in Table 1 show that Thyasira bisecta is commonly

found on a mud or fine-sand substrate in water ranging in temper-

ature TiOm 1.5°C to 12.5°C. T. bisecta has a very great bathy-

metric range, from less than 10 meters to as much as 700 meters.

This species is found in shallow water in boreal regions but is

restricted to deep water in subtropical areas.

Recent, as well as fossil, specimens have some variation in

form. Specimens from off Mishima Island (locality 2) have a

large and quadrate form, whereas the othe/s have a produced

and oblique form. The specimens from locality 2 were the ones

from which Nakajima (1958) made his anatomical study and

are known as Thyasira bisecta var. nipponica. Parker (1964) has

also found this variety off the island of Timor in the East Indies.

The writer assumes that the geographical and bathymetrical dis-

tribution, as well as variation in size and shape, are to some ex-

tent affected by water temperature.

Fossil specimens of Thyasira bisecta are extremely variable in

shape, and the greatest amount of variation is in the apical angle.

These varietal forms and their intermediates commonly occur

in the same geological horizon or even in the same outcrop

(Makiyama, 1934; Kanno, 1960) . Generally speaking, the type

having an acute angle is rather common from the Paleogene and

also from Pliocene to Recent, whereas the large quadrate form

98

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (3)

January, 1971 nautilus 99

is rather common in middle and upper Miocene strata where

T. bisecta attains its maxinumi size.

The first appearance ol Thyasira bisecta is in the late Eocene or

early Oligocene (Poronai formation) in Japan and in the Eocene

(Tighil series) on the west coast of Kamchatka (Krishtofovich,

1936). The specimens from the Poronai formation are associated

with AkebioconcJia ezocnsis (Yokoyama) in a biohermal deposit,

and both Akcbiconclia ezoensis and Thyasira bisecta occur in

closely packed articulated valves. Botli of these species are rep-

resented by shells of all growth stages. A few species of Akebi-

<micha are now living off central Japan, but they are restricted to

rather deep water, ranging from 300 to 700 meters, and they oc-

cur in crowded shell colonies like Akebiconcha ezoensis. Koba-

yashi (1957) reported Aturia yokoyarnai Nagao from the Poronai

formation, and he pointed out that the occurrence of Aturia in-

dicates wami surface water. Judging by these facts, the Poronai

specimens of Thyasira bisecta seem to be inhabitants of deep sea

bottoms where the surface water was rather warm.

The earliest occurrence of Thyasira bisecta in Nortli America

is late Oligocene in the zone of Acila gettysbiirgensis.

Most of the Miocene specimens from Japan occur in black

muddy facies as do the Poronai specimens. They are associated

with Solemya, Portlandia, and Lucinoma. It seems that the shal-

low-water marine climate off Japan was at least subtropical dur-

ing the Miocene because of the occurrence of Lepidocyclina and

Cypraea from equivalent shallow facies. Similar conditions may

have occurred as far north as Sakhalin and Kamcliatka. During

the Pliocene Thyasira bisecta spread southward in both the

eastern and western Pacific to California and Taiwan.

Localities with ecologic data where Recent specimens of Thy-

asira bisecta have been collected are listed below. See correspond-

ing numbers on the distributional map.

1. Off Shikoku, Japan, Pacific Ocean (T. Habe, 1961).

33°10'N; 133°30'E, ca. 700 m., ca. 9.8°C, 34.18% salinity.

2. Off Mishima, Yamaguchi Prefecture, Japan Sea, collected by

I to.

35°27'N; 130°35'E, 230 m., soft mud, 1.5°C, 34.0^^ salinity.

.3. Off Kasumi, Hyogo Prefecture, Japan Sea (Ito, 1967).

35°44'N; 134°38'E, 225-350 m., ca. 34.0% sahnity.

100 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

4. Off Cape Erimo, Hokkaido, Pacific Ocean (Kuroda, 1938) .

ca. 41°40'N; 143°15'E, 200 m., ca. 2.0°C.

5. Vancouver Island, Canada, collected by G. D. Hanna.

51°49'N; 127°28'W, fine sand, 6.5°-12.5°C, 32.0% salinity.

6. Puget Sound, Washington, collected by G. D. Hanna.

ca. 48°N; ca. 122°40'W, 6.5°-12.5°C, 32.0% salinity.

7. Macleod Harbor, Montague Island, Alaska, collected by G. D.

Hanna.

59°53'N; 147°46'W, ca. 10 m., fine sand, 6.5°-12.5°C, 32.0%

salinity.

8. South coast of Alaska Peninsula (Dall, 1895).

ca. 55°N; ca. 155°W, ca. 140 m., mud, ca. 6.5°C.

Acknowledgments

I wish to express my thanks to Drs. Leo G. Hertlein and

G. Dallas Hanna of the California Academy of Sciences for

permission to study the specimens in their collection and for

valuable information on the occurrence of Thyasira hisecta from

Alaska and Puget Sound. I am indebted to Mr. K. Ito, Japan

Sea Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory, for ecological data

on Recent specimens collected from the Japan Sea. Much of this

work was suggested by Drs. Warren O. Addicott, David M. Hop-

kins, and George Plafker of the U. S. Geological Survey, to whom

I owe thanks for valuable ideas. I am also indebted to Prof. H.

Niino and Mr. I. Fujiyama, Tokyo Museum of Natural History,

for their help.

Literature cited

Dall, W. H. 1895. Proc. U.S. National Museum, vol. 17, p. 713.

Habe, T. 1961. Colored illustrations of the shells of Japan (II).

pp. 1-183.

Ito, K. 1967. Bull. Jap. Sea Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., no. 18, pp. 39-91.

Kanno, S. 1960. Tertiary System of the Chichibu Basin, Pt. II. pp.

123-396.

Kobayashi, T. 1957. Trans. Proc. Paleont. Soc. Japan, N. S., no.

27, pp. 75-80.

Krishtofovich, L. V. 1936. Trans. Geol. Oil Inst., ser. A, pt. 88,

pp. 1-67.

Kuroda, T. 1938. Jour. Nat. Hist. Taiwan, vol. 28, pp. 147-149.

Makiyama, J. 1934. Mem. Coll. Sci., Kyoto Imp. Univ. ser. B, vol.

10, pp. 121-169.

Nakajima, M. 1958. The Venus, 20: 186-207.

Parker, R. H. 1964. in Intemat. Indian Ocean Exped., Univ.

Calif. Press, San Diego, pp. 93-100.

January, 1971 nautilus 101

Plafker, G. 1967. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 543-G, p. 1-42.

Reagan, A. H. 1908. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., vol. 22, pp. 131-238.

Yabe, H., and S. Nomura. 1925. Sci. Rep. Tohoku Imp. Univ., ser.

2, vol. 7, pp. 84-95.

ON SOME HELICINA FROM

THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC

By morris K. JACOBSON

American Museum Natural History

AND

WILLIAM J. CLENCH

Museum Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. 02138

While attempting to determine a collection of land and fresh-

water shells from the Dominican Republic, we found it was

necessary to make the following rectifications in the nomencla-

ture of certain helicinids of Hispaniola.

1. Helicina (Helicina) castilloi Clench & Jaume (1946, Rev. Soc.

Malac. 'Carlos de la Torre', 4: 7, text figs. 1-3) from Rancho Ar-

riba, San Jose de Ocoa, Azua, Dominican Republic is a junior

synonym of Helicina gabbi (Crosse et Newcomb MS) Crosse

(1873, Jour. Conchyl., 21: 354; ibid., 1874, 22: 87, pi. 1, fig. 4)

from Samana. The brown color of the type-figure of Crosse's

description of gabbi occurs very frequently in recently collected

specimens where we also find individuals of various shades of

green, generally marked with reddish brown bands, dots, blotches

or other kinds of ornamentation.

2. The status of the land prosobranch species Helicina viridis

Lamarck, 1822, has been confused almost since the date of its

first description. Much clarification was offered by Crosse (1890,

infra) but some points still remained to be cleared up. Below is

a brief account of the history of the taxon.

Lamarck (1822, Anim. Sans Vert., vol. 6 (2), p. 103) named

Helicina viridis from Saint-Domingue [Hispaniola] in a short

Latin description. The diameter was given as "2 lignes", or about

4 mm. As Crosse noted (1891, Jour. Conchyl., vol. 39, p. 190),

Lamarck's type-specimen was an immature shell, a fact which

explains the words "labro simplici, acuto" in the original descrip-

tion. This specimen, in spite of certain doubts expressed by

102 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

Crosse (1891) and Mermod (1951) (see below) is the one figured

by Chenu in Delessert's "Recueil de Coquilles decrites par La-

marck" (1841, pi. 27, figs. 3 a-d) , and photographed by Mermod

(1951, Rev. Suisse Zool.. vol. 58, p. 716, text fig. 70). These

figures are of a green shell with, in the case of fig. 3a by Chenu,

a white peripheral band ornamented by 10 brown dots which,

in Mermod's opinion, were too vividly colored. There is in ad-

dition a brown spot on the apex. This brown ornamentation

was not mentioned by Lamarck, but it could easily have been

overlooked in such a small specimen. Although Crosse (1891) as

well as Mermod (1951) criticized Chenu for some details of the

drawing, the fact remains that xnridis Lamarck is a small, green

helicinid, ornamented in places by brown areas.

Gray (1825, Zool. Joum., vol. 1, p. 67) discussed a shell he

thought to be viridis Lamarck. He gave the dimensions as 6/20 of

an inch in axis [ = height], and 11/20 of an inch in diameter,

a much laiger shell, as he admitted, than the immature one

described by Lamarck. The figure (pi. 6, fig. 7) , copied by Sow-

erby (1847, Thes. Conchyl., vol. 1, pi. 2, fig. 67), shows a green

shell with a gently expanded outer lip and a slight peripheral

carina. In 1866 Sowerby again produced a figure (Thes. Conchyl.,

vol. 3, pi. 276, fig. 379) as viridis which, as Crosse stated (I.e.) is

completely imrecognizable. Sowerby also pictured a shell (ibid.,

pi. 276, fig. 380) under the new name Helicina aiirantioviridis

which H. Cuming had sent him from the Salle collection made

in Santo Domingo. This shell had been called H. viridis by

Salle, but because it did not resemble the specimen figured by

Gray, Sowerby decided that he was dealing with a new species.

Pfeilfer (1851, Zeitschr. Malak., vol. 7, p. 77), laboring under

the same misconception, had already named this presumably new

species Helicina versicolor.

Crosse, in the meantime, had obtained a different species which

he realized was the real viridis of Lamarck. He figured this species

(1891, Journ. Conchyl., vol. 39, pi. 3, figs. 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d) and

these figures coincide almost exactly with the holotype (MCZ

188267) and paratypes (MCZ 188268) oi Helicina jiiliae Clench

(1962, Breviora, no. 173, p. 2, pi. 1, fig. 2). Wagner (1910, Mar-

tini & Chenmitz, Conchyl.-Cab. (2), vol. 1, sect. 18, pt. 2, p. 321,

pi. 64, figs. 8-11) also figured the same species from a somewhat

January, 1971 nautilus 103

larger (6 mm.) but still immature specimen in the Berlin Mu-

seum. Crosse decided that the figures of the larger shell presented

by Gray and Sowerby were, "sans valeur . . . qu'il convient de n'en

tenir aucun compte" (I.e., p. 190).

If this means tliat they are fanciful and based upon no real

shells, Crosse's conclusion is in error. Through the kindness of

Dr. Peake of the British Museum (Natural History) we were

able to examine Gray's type. We saw that not only is it not

viridis Lamarck, but is an apparently unnamed species. We will

describe it below under the name Helicina grayi. We feel com-

pletely justified in doing this even with only the type-specimen

before tis for examination, because this seems to be the easiest

way to clear up finally the problem of viridis Lamarck et al.

There remains little reason to doubt that the true Lamarckian

ipecies is the one figured by Crosse and by Mermod and named

juliae by Clench. The brown spots overlooked by Lamarck and

illustrated by Chenu, together with other types of brown mark-

ings, are found only on the specimens called viridis by Crosse;

they are absent from the two larger species described below.

Moreover, the smaller species is found not far from the environs

of Santo Domingo City. It is most likely that Lamarck's specimen

came from an accessible area not far from the capital city.

The synonymy resulting from the discussion above is as follows:

Helicina viridis Lamarck, 1822

Helicina viridis Lamarck, 1822, An. s. Vert., vol. 6 (2), p. 103,

type-locality Saint-Domingue [Hispaniola]; type in Geneva Mu-

seum; Chenu, 1841 [in] Delessert, Recueil de Coquilles etc., pi.

27, figs. 3 a-d; Mermod, 1951, Revue Suisse de Zool, vol. 58, p.

716, text fig. 70.

Helieina viridis Lamarck. Crosse, 1891, Jour. Conchyl., vol. 39,

pp. 188-191, pi. 3, figs. 8, 8 a-c; Wagner, 1910 [in] Martini &

Chemnitz, Conchyl. Cab., (2), vol. 1: sect. 18, pt. 2, p. 321, pi.

64. figs. 8-11.

Helicina versicolor Pfeiffer, 1851, Zeitschr. Malak., vol. 7, p.

77, type-locality, Haiti; type probably destroyed.

Helicina aurantioviridis Sowerby, 1866, Thes. Conchyl., vol. 3,

pi. 276, fig. 380; no locality given; type, BM (NH) 19706.

Helicina juliae Clench, 1962, Breviora, no. 173, p. 2, pi. 1,

104 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

fig. 2, type-locality, Colonia Ramfis, 20 km. W. of San Crist6bal,

Repiiblica Dominicana; holotype, MCZ 188267.

Helicina grayi Jacobson & Clench, new species

(Figure 2)

Helicina viridis "Lamarck." Gray, 1825, Zool. Journ., vol. 1, p.

67, pi. 6, fig. 17 (not Lamarck) .

Helicina viridis "Lamarck." Sowerby, 1847, Thes. Conchyl.,

vol. 1, pi. 2, fig. 67; 1866, Thes. Conchyl., vol. 3, pi. 276, fig. 379

(not Lamarck).

Holotype, BM(NH) 19705 (Santo Domingo = Hispaniola) .

Description — Shell about 7 mm. in height, 12 mm. in width,

carinate, depressed, rather fragile, translucent, sublustrous.

Whorls 5, weakly convex, increasing rapidly in width, the last

whorl half as wide again as the penultimate. Body whorl rounded

below, sharply and narrowly carinate at the j>eriphery, descend-

ing at the aperture where the carina slightly overhangs it. Color

bluish green above the carina, lighter on the spire, the early post-

nuclear whorls, keel, peristome, and parietal callus bluish white,

with a small, yellow, irregular stain near the protoconch. Aper-

ture oblique, semilunate, well-rounded but distorted at die pe-

riphery by the keel. Palatal lip slightly thickened, shortly ex-

panded, merging basally in a rounded angle with the columella.

Parietal callus thickened, lustrous, minutely and regularly punc-

tate, bluish white in umbilical region, bounded parietally by a

dark bluish green band which widens as it curves around the

white portion and enters deep into the aperture along the upper

half. Columella white, diagonal, lightly inflated above, shortly

rounded below, terminating in a short, rounded thickening of

the basal lip. Suture well-impressed. Sculpture of variously

strong, diagonal growth lines only, surface minutely punctate.

Lineolations inside the shell substance not distinct, separated

by narrow intervals, irregularly sinuous. Protoconch I1/2 whorls,

white with irregular yellow blotch at the suture, minutely punc-

tate. Periostracum thin, strong, glossy. Operculum unknown,

height width

11.2 mm. 7.1 mm.

Remarks — This specimen was figured by both Gray (1825) and

Sowerby (1847) in somewhat exaggerated colors. A keel is not

January, 1971 nautilus 105

Iig. 1. Hcliciua prasinata Jacobson aiul (llcncli, Nfic species, Holotype, 9.6

mm. ill height. Fig. 2. Heliciua grayi Jacolisoii and Clench, new species.

Holotype, 7.1 mm. in height.

unusual in Neotropical Hcliciua but H. grayi differs from the

•other keeled forms (licati Pfeiffer from Grenada, amocna Pfeiffer

from Mexico and Central America, salleaua Gray from Mexico,

and ncntcUn Lamarck from Jamaica) in the more acute carina,

the greenish blue color, the fragile shell texture, the more de-

jDressed outline, and the relatively smaller size. It is closest to

Helicina crucidtn Weinland 1880, but differs in being about

twice as large, in possessing a green instead of reddish (rubella)

color, in having a relatively smooth instead of a decussated sur-

face, and in lacking the basal labial tooth.

Gray's label in BM (NH) bears the words "S. Domingo &

Cuba," but someone drew a line through the word "Cuba." As

far as is known, no Cuban Helicina resembles grayi.

3. Another undescribed Helicina from the Dominican Repub-

lic partially formed the basis for the remarks made by (>lench &

Jaume (1946, Rev. Soc. Malac, vol. 4, p. 8), and Clench (1962,

Breviora, no. 173: 2) . The shells of this species differ considerably

from the type oi grayi, especially in color and in the absence of

the peripheral keel. We introduce them as Helicina prasinata

new species.

Helincia prasinata new species

Figure 1

HcUctna viridis "Lamarck." Clench & (aume, 1946, Rev. Soc.

Malac, vol. 4, p. 8; Clench, 1962, Breviora no. 173, p. 2 (not

Lamarck) . .i» .•

Holotype, MCZ 187927, Monteado Nuevo, 20 km. S.E. of Polo,

Baraliona Province, Dominican' Republic. R. .\. Howard leg.

106 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3 >

Paratype, MCZ 90683, Loma Vieja, Constanza, La Vega Province,.

Dominican Republic. P. J. Darlington, legit.

Description — Shell reaching about 12 mm. in diameter, rather

thin, smooth ( depressed turbinate, white or pale yellowish green

under a strong, green, glossy periostiacum. Whorls about 5, barely

inflated, earlier whorls slowly increasing in width, but body

whorl more than twice as wide as the penult, moderately rounded,

descending shortly at aperture; base slightly inflated. Color of

the glossy pei"iostracum bright, grass-green, somewhat lighter and

a bit olivaceous below, with a white subperipheral band; lip and

basal callus greenish white. Aperture oblique, widely semilunate,

white internally with the subperipheral band showing through.

Palatal lip gently but distinctly expanded, less so at either termi-

nation, narrowly reflected near columella where it has a very low,

tooth-like protuberance. Parietal area with an irregular, glossy

wash, pale yellowish green or white, not raised. Columella di-

agonal, evenly and widely rounded below, slightly convex above.

Suture weakly impressed with a very narrow, weakly delimited,

white band at summit of the whorls. Sculpture of fine, diagonal

growth lines crossed by numerous, closely set, subequidistant

spiral cords, obsolescent on the base. Protoconch 1 1/^ whorls,

rounded, minutely pitted, light yellowish green, barely raised

above succeeding whorls. Periostracum strong, glossy, bearing

the green color. Opercidum thin, light buff, translucent, with

a slightly raised, marginal ridge on the inner edge,

height width

9.6 mm 11.7 mm Holotype

9.7 12.3 Paratype

Remarks — The shells of this new species can be confused with

those of Helicina gahbi Crosse, but are readily distinguished

from the latter by their smaller size, less solid substance, and

especially the distinctly expanded lip. In the two specimens of

the type-lot the only color seems to be either grassy or olivaceous

green with a greenish-white subperipheral band; the vivid red-

dish or brown color foinid in so many specimens of gabbi and

in the smaller viridis, is absent or appears as a slight tinge which

renders the green on the base somewhat olivaceous. The parietal

callus of gabbi is relatively larger, raised, and more sharply

delimited. The closely set, narrow spiral cords of prasinata are

January, 1971 nautilus 107

absent in gabhi. The new sj>ecies is larger than viridis Lamarck

'.md is lurtherniore distingnished by its lack ol brown color and

its more Haring lip. The green color ot prasinnta reseml)les that

of Papuina puIcherriuKi Rensdi from Manus Island, Bisnuirck

Archipelago. From its shape, texture, and flaring lip, the new

species seems to l)elong in HeUcina s. v., the type-sj>ecies of which

is H. ni'vitrUa Lamarck from Jamaica.

The trivial name of the new species is based u|X)ii the Greek

Avord for green.

4. Clench & Jaumc (1916, Rev. .Soc. Mai., vol. 4, jj. 8) listed

■some localities for Hcllciua viridis. Upon examining the lots in

the MCZ upon wliicli these data are based, we find that the

sjiecimens should be referred to H. gabbi. The localities where

xhe true viridis is found are the ones given for juliae (q. v.).

A NEW SPECIES OF ASHMUNELLA FROM

THE DAVIS MOUNTAINS IN WEST TEXAS

Hv t:.l'. CIHKATUM

Biology Dtpartmeiil. Southern Methodist ITniveisity. Dallas. Texas 75222

Ashmunella mudgei, neio species. FigS- 1-4.

The glossy upper surface of this tannish-colored shell is

slightly convex with the upper margin of the basal whorl carin-

ated. The embryonic whorl is ornamented with fine delicate

striae which on the protoconch are rather diflluse, then becoming

regular with a beaded effect. Progressing from the embryonic

ivhorl outward the striae become more conspicuous and the

growth lines on the basal whorl are slightly coarser with a series

of elevated ridges topped with white just back of the peristome.

The lip is reflected outward and tipward thus producing a wide,

deep groove just back of the lip. The shell's umbilicus is con-

tained slightly over 4 times in the shell diameter. The lower sur-

face of the basal whorl is glossy with fine striae that extend from

the carinated margin down into the umbilical region. L^jdou the

parietal Avail is an erect tooth slightly curved and shouldered at

its proximal and distal ends, the jjroximal end continues as a

distinct callus which is deflected toward the insertion of the

outer li]x On the upper j^art of the parietal wall and slightly

within the aperture is a rather short, shallow, straight dome-

shaped tooth. Within the inner basal lip are two erect teeth pro-

108

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (3)

Figs. 1-4. Ashviunella mudgei Cheatum, new species. Holotype, 16.9 mm.

in diameter.

ducing a deep horseshoe-shape cleft between the teeth, the outer

of these teeth is slightly concave on its outer siuface. Within the

outer lip is an elongated ridge-like tooth which is in length the

approximal distance (2.5 mm.) between the innei- and outer

margins of the lower palatal teeth. The conspicuously reflected

outer lip is a glossy white, except for its outer end which has a

faint pinkish tint. A buttressed base is evident at the point where

the outer lip meets the basal whorl. Six and one-half whorls.

Diameter Height

Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087

Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A

Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A

Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A

Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0O87A

Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A

Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A

Comments — This new sj>ecies of Ashmunella has been named

for Mr. Ned Mudge, naturalist-philantliropist, and benefactor of

Southern Methodist University and the Dallas Museum of Nat-

ural History. This new species was collected on a snail-collecting

January, 1971 nautilus 109

expedition to the Trans. Pecos of Texas. The trip was sponsored

by the Dallas Museum of Natural History. Accompanying the

writer was Mr. Hal Kirby, Director of the Museum and Mr. Rich-

ard Fullington, Curator of Invertebrates at the Museum.

The type locality is about half-way up in an unnamed canyon

on die south sloi>e of Sawtooth Mountain in the Davis Mountain

range at an altitude ranging from 5000 to 6000 feet. The majority

of the shells collected were foimd in pack rat nests. Since the

collection was made during the month of November, the snails

were hibernating and as a consequence our search for living ani-

mals was fruitless. Only two shells were found that had retained

the original color; the others foimd in the nests of pack rats were

bleached.

Ashmunella mudgei of the Mearnsi Group shows a close re-

semblance to Ashmunella beqiiaerti Clench and Miller (1966)

which comes from the Davis Mountains. Shells of beqiiaerti given

me by Lloyd Pratt of the Fort Worth Museum of Natural History,

who collected them in Goat Cave Canyon on the Black Moun-

tain of the Davis Mountains, and paratypes loaned me by MCZ

and also collected in Goat Cave Canyon, exhibit a marked simi-

larity in the shape and position of the parietal and palatal teeth.

However, beqiiaerti is a much smaller species with the average

diameter of shells I have examined not exceeding 12 mm. and

a height of 3.6 mm. The periphery of the basal whorl in bequaerti

is more sharply carinated and extended than in mudgei; the striae

on the upper surface approach a rib-striate appearance and pustu-

late wliereas in mudgei the upper surface is glossy and the striae

much more subdued. In bequaerti the parietal teeth of the shells

which I have examined, rest upon a thin white crdlus, whereas

in mudgei this callus is absent. The number of whorls in beqiiaerti

is 6 whereas there are 6i/4 whorls on the average in mudgei.

Grateful acknowledgment is due Dr. William Clench of the

Museum of Comparative Zoology for confirmation of this species.

LriERATURE CrrF.i)

Clench, W. J. and Millei', W. B., 1966. A New Species of Ashmu-

nella from West Texas (Mollusca: Pulmonata) ; Breviora,

M.C.Z., no. 244, pp. 1-6.

110 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

ATHEARNIA, NEW NAME FOR A GENUS

OF PLEUROCERID SNAILS.

By J. V. E. MORRISON

Division of Mollusks,

United States National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560

The name Ewycaelon of Lea (1864, p. 3) has been incor-

rectly used for a number of years. Bryant Walker (1918, p. 36),

Thiele (1929, p. 193), Calvin Goodrich (1931, p. 3), Wenz

(1939, p. 700) and Morrison (1952, p. 7: 1954, p. 362) , all used

this name with Anculosa anthonyi Redfield as the type species,

"by subsequent designation by Walker". Contrary to the state-

ment of Wenz, Tryon (1883) gave no type designations.

In fact, Nevill (1885, p. 205) had previously designated Gonio-

basis iimbonatn Lea (1864, p. 3), the first species described un-

der the name, as the type species of Eurycaelon. This species was

also recorded as the type species by Hannibal (1912, p. 168), al-

though his identification of umbonata was erroneous. Critical

examination proved to me thirty years ago that the holotype of

Goniobasis umbonata Lea (U.S.N.M. :^1 19657) is a specimen

of Pleurocera geniciilata Haldeman 1840 from the Cumberland

River, with the lowei- portion of the aperture imperfect, in the

process of additional growth. In other words, Eurycaelon Lea

1864 is biologically synonymous with Pleurocera Rafinesque 1818,

and with Lithasia Haldeman 1840.

The synonymy is:

Pleurocera Rafinesque 1818, fixed on Pleurocera verucosa Raf.,

by monotypy in 1820.

Lithasia Haldeman 1840, with the type species Lithasia geniculata

Haldeman 1840, by original monotypy.

Eurycaelon Lea 1864, with the type species Goniobasis umbonata

Lea 1864, by subsequent designation by Nevill 1885.

The generic name here proposed is Athearnia, to include the

two species, Anculosa anthonyi Redfield 1854 from the Holston

and Tennessee Rivers, and Anculosa crassa Haldeman 1842 of

the Clinch River. It is given in honor of Herbert Athearn, who

re-discovered the type species anthonyi Redfield living in north-

west Georgia more than ten years ago. Tryon (1873, p. 348)

recorded it from "west Georgia." It was still living in South

Chickamauga Creek, 7 miles N.N.W. of Ringgold, Catoosa

County, Georgia, on May 16, 1960. In a small way, this will

January, 1971 nautilus 111

honor Athcarn's continuing elTorts to complete the study of the

remaining Tennesseean Molluscan fauna before it is "improved"

and/or polluted out of existence.

References

Goodrich, C. 1931. The Pleurocerid genus Eurycaelon, Occ.

Papers, Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., no. 223, pp. 1-9, pi. 1.

Haldeman, S. S. 1840. A Monograph of the Limniades or Fresh-

water Univalve Shells of North America, supplement to no. 1.,

p. I.

— — , 1842. Ibid., no. 4, p. 3 of cover.

Hannibal, H. 1912. Synopsis Recent & Tertiary Freshwater Mol-

lusca, Californian Province., Proc. Malac. Soc. London, vol. 10,

pp. 112-211.

Lea, Isaac. 1864. Descriptions of eleven new species of Indigenous

Melanidae, Proc. A.N.S.P. 1864, pp. 3-5.

Morrison, J. P. E. 1952. World Relations of the Melanians,

A.M.U. Annual Report for 1951, pp. 6-9.

, 1954. Relationships of Old and New World Melanians,

Proc. U.S.N.M., vol. 103 (no. 3325), pp. 338-394, pi. 11.

Nevill, G. 1885. Hand List, Mollusca, Indian Museum, Calcutta,

Part II, pp. 1-306. (Eurycaelon p. 205) .

Rafinesque, C. S. 1818. Discoveries in Nat. History., etc. . . . Am.

Monthly Mag. and Critical Review, N. Y., vol. 3, p. 354.

, 1820. Annals of Nature, etc., Philadelphia, 1st Annual

Number, pp. 10-11.

Redfield, J. H. 1854. Descriptions of New Species of Shells, Ann.

Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vol. 6, pp. 130-132, pi. 1.

Thielc, J. 1929. Handbuch Syst. Weichtierk, vol. 1. pp. 1-376,

170 text figs.

Tryon, G. W. 1873. Land & Fresh Water Shells of North America,

IV, Strepomatidae, Smith. Miscell. Coll., no. 253, pp. 1-435, 838

text figs.

1883. Structural k Syst. Concholog)', vol. 2, p. 257, pi. 71.

fig. 12.

Walker, Bryant. 1918. Synopsis Classification Freshwater Mol-

lusks, N. Amer., N. of Mexico., Misc. Publ., Mus. Zool., Univ.

Mich., no. 6, pp. 1-213, text figs.

Wenz, W. 1939. Handbuch der Palaozoologie, Gastropoda, vol. 6,

(3), p. 700.

NEWS

The Fourth Annual Meeting of the Western Society of

Malacolgists will be held at Asilomar, Pacific Grove, Cali-

fornia, June 16th to 19th, 1971. Executive Board members for

the year are: President, Dr. Eugene V. Coan; First Vice-Presi-

112 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3)

dent, Mrs. Beatrice Burcli; Second Vice-President, Dr. Waircn

O. Addicott; Senetary, Mrs. Mary D'Aiuto; Treasurer, Mr.

Ralph O. Fox; Members-at-Large, Mr. Barry Roth and Dr. James

H. McLean; Three Past Presidents, Mr. David K. Mulliner, Dr.

William K. Emerson, and Dr. Myra Keen.

Inquiries about the meeting and applications for membership

should be sent to the Secretary, Mrs. Mary D'Aiuto, 804 Fielding

Drive, Palo Alto, California— 94303.

The Fourth European Malacological Congress will be held

in Geneva, Switzerland, from September 7 to 11, 1971. It will

follow a one-day meeting of museum curators in charge of Mol-

luscs, devoted to the discussion of curatorial problems and collab-

oration. The meetings will take place in the new Museum of

Natural History and eventually also in tJie University buildings.

All malacologists are cordially invited. Accommodation will be

arranged by the Tourist office in hotels and the Student hostel.

Congress fee is S.Fr. 30. — (about $7. — ) for members and corres-

ponding members of U.M.E., S.Fr. 40. — (about |9. — ) for non

members, S.Fr. 15. — (about $3.50) for students and accompanying

persons.

If you are interested and have not received tJie circidars, please

contact the president. Dr. E. Binder, for more detailed informa-

tion: IV European Malacological Congiess, Museum of Natural

History, CH- 1211 Geneva 6, Switzerland.

Ernst Marcus, marine zoologist and professor at the University

of Sao Paulo, Brazil, died on June 30, 1968. He was born in Berlin

on June 8, 1893, and emigrated to Brazil in 1936. He published

extensively on Bryozoa, turbellarid worms and mollusks. Many

of his papers were done jointly with his wife Eveline, whom he

married in 1924, and who continues their research on the opistho-

branchs. A biobibliography was published in vol. 108, Atti Soc.

Ital. Sci. Nat. Museo Civ. St. Nat. Milano, Dec. 1968.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Crowley, T.E. and Thomas Pain, 1970. A monographic revision

of the African land snails of the genus Limicolaria Schumacker

(Mollusca — Achatinidae) . Annales, Mus. Royal de I'Afrique

Central, Tervuren, series 8, no. 177, pp. 1-61, 6 pis.

January, 1971 nautilus iii

La Rocque, Aur^le. 1966-1970. Pleistocene Mollusca of Ohio. Bull.

62, Geological Survey of Ohio. 4 parts. Numerous excellent il-

lustrations and maps useful to Recent workers. $2.75 per part.

Ohio Division of Geol. Survey, 1207 Grandview Ave., Columbus.

Ohio 43212.

Johnstone, Kathleen V. 1970. Collecting Seashells. 198 pp., 6

color pis., numerous text figs. A charming, well-written and

accurate account of the personal collecting experiences of a

knowledgeable amateur conchologist. Grosset and Dunlap, N.Y.

$5.95.

A Sheller's Directory of Clubs, Books, Periodicals and Dealers.

(2nd edition). 52 pp. 1970. $1.00, from Tom Rice, P.O. Box

33, Port Gamble, Wash, 98364. Useful, especially for hobbyists.

Weaver, Clifton S. and John E. du Pont. 1970. The Living Vo-

lutes. XV 4- 375 pp., 79 colored pis., 44 text figs., 13 maps.

$55.00. Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Del.

19807.

Rosewater, Joseph. 1970. 1 he family Littorinidae in the Indo-

Pacific. Pt. 1. The subfamily Littorininae. Indo-Pacific Mollusca,

vol. 2, no. 11, pp. 417-506 [pp. 05-261 to 05-410], pis. 325 (in

color) to 387. $6.30. Del. Mus. Nat. Hist., Greenville, Del. HJ807.

WORLD WIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS for sale. New 1970

Price List on request. "Illustrated Catalog of Popular Mar-

ginella Species" nov^^ available also, 117 species shown with

full data and values listed with cover in color. Price $2.00.

PHILLIP W. CLOVER

Apartado de Correos 22

Rota Cadiz, Spain

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists

of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-

ration. Many new additions of fine and rare sjjecies are also

included. To obtain free copies write:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.

LIVING VOLUTES

A Monograph of the Recent Volutidae of the World

by Clifton S. Weaver

and

John E. du Pont

This is tlie first scholarly review of this colorful and

popular group of seashells within the last hundred years.

Over 200 species and subspecies are beautifully illustrated

in full natural colors on 79 plates. Color photographs of liv-

ing animals in their natural habitats add splendor to this

remarkable book. Dozens of carefully executed anatomical

drawings and distributional maps supplement the lucid

scientific text to enable easy identification. Hundreds of de-

tailed synonomies are given.

375 pages, 9x12 inches Text figures and maps

79 full-color plates Bound. Price: $55.00

Swainson's EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY

now available at a startlingly low price!

Now only $13.75 (formerly $30.00)

The few remaining copies of this unusual facsimile have

been purchased by the Delaware Museum of Natural History

and are now made available practically at cost to all libraries,

scientists and amateur conchologists. 48 beautiful, colored

plates, representing a faithful reproduction of Swainson's

1834 and 1841 classic, together with the original text and a

modern analysis by R. Tucker Abbott and Nora McMillan.

Handsomely bound, gilt-edged on 3 sides and in full 9x12

inch page size. A useful and rare work belonging in the

library of every lover of mollusks. Both available from your

favorite book dealer or directly from the

Delaware Museum of Natural History

Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A.

Vol. 84 APRIL, 1971 No.^

THE

NAUTILUS

i I I -? o

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

R. Tucker Abbott, du Pont Chair of Malacology

Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Del. 19807

Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Deparimeni ; ; ^

La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 1914E .BiolOgiC2l Lo'Xra Jry

__^_____.^___ L- I B R A r^ ' '

\ APR 3 01971

CONTENTS

I . WOODS HOLE, imS.

A deep water Omalogyra in the Western Atl^tntic • —

By Donald R. Moore 113

A scanning electron microscope study of the marginal teeth of

Nerita peloronta Linnaeus. By Ronald Frank Thomas .... 118

A new Ashmunella (Polygyridae) from Dofia Ana County, New

Mexico. By A. L. Metcalf and P. A. Hurley 120

On a sinistral chondropomine from Jamaica. By M. K. Jacobson

and K. J. Boss 127

Strombus gigas Linnaeus from the Bowden Formation, Jamaica.

By Peter Jung 129

Anatomy and geographic distribution of the succineid gastro-

pod, Succinea vaginae ontorta Lee. By D. S. Franzen 131

Notes and News 143 Publications received .... 146

$5.00 per year ($5.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.50 a copy.

Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager

11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083

Second Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.

NAUTILUS:

A quarterly journal devoted to the study of mollusks, edited and published

by R. Tucker Abbott and Charles B. Wurtz. Business and subscription

manager: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania,

U.S.A. 19083.

AUTHORS PLEASE NOTE

Matter for publication should be sent to the editor-in-chief, Dr. R. Tucker

Abbott, Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware 19807.

Please give your reprint order, if any, when submitting your manuscript.

Kindly attempt to conform with the format of the journal, including the style

of the references cited and the use of figure numbers of the illustrations.

Please correct and return galley proof within 24 hours. The editors reserve

the right to ignore unnecessary changes. Authors are charged for engraving

blocks of photographs or drawings at cost. Minimum charge for each block is

$3.00. The publishers resei-ve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $40 per

pafge of text for state or federally financed research in order to cover costs.

Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written on

OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT. REPRINTS are shipped, with

invoices, by PONY PRINTING, 4 Cloverdale Avenue, Upper Darby, Pennsyl-

vania 19082. PURCHASE ORDERS, when required, and shipping instruc-

tions, MUST accompany original orders. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work

because of delayed receipt of purchase orders will be charged for accordingly.

TEXT PAPER 2pp. 4pp. 8pp. 12 pp. 16pp.

First, 100 copies 3.70 8.20 16.40 24.40 30.60

Additional 100 80 2.95 6.50 9.90 1 1.45

PLATE PAPER

First 100 copies 4.00 8.75 17.45 25.95 32.70

Additional 100 1.05 3.50 7.55 11. 45 13.55

Prices subject to change without notice. Postage extra.

The Nautilus is an official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Infonnation regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from

Mrs. Marion S. Hubbard, 3957 Marlow Ct., Seaford, N. Y. 11783.

Back Issues: Vols. 1-71, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodi-

cals, Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017. Vols. 72 to date

are available from the Nautilus, 1 1 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsyl-

vania 19083, and vary in price.

In satisfaction of postal regulation 132-622.

Owners (but non-profit) : Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Dr. Charles B. Wurtz,

Dr. R. Tucker Abbott. Paid subscriptions: 575, shipped by mail.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol.84 April, 1971 No.4

HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER, 1889-1971

We regret to announce the death of Dr. H. B. Baker, Editor

Emeritus, on March 11, 1971, in Havertown, Pa. An obituary

will appear in the next issue.

BlB^n^^BB

A DEEP WATER OMALOGYRA IN

THE WESTERN ATLANTIC

By Donald R. Moore

University of Miami

Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences

10 Rickenbacker Causeway

Miami, Florida 33149

In a recent paper, Bullock (1969) reported another find of the

microgastropod, Omalogyra atomus, from the New England coast.

This is a fairly well-known shallow water species in western Europe

which has also been found on the coasts of Iceland, Greenland, and,

rarely, from the northeastern United States. It is not well known,

however, that a deep water species {Omalogyra densicostata

Jeffreys, 1884) has been reported from two widely separated west-

ern Atlantic localities.

O. densicostata was described (JefTreys, 1884) from two speci-

mens collected by the "Porcupine," station 16 and 17a, in 600 to

1095 fathoms (1098 to 2002 m), off the coast of Portugal. These

two specimens were figured. A third specimen, collected by the

"Bulldog" in 1622 fathoms (2967 m) on the continental slope off

Labrador was also included in the original description. Additional

specimens from the western Atlantic were reported from off the

West Indian island of Gulebra in 390 fathoms (715 m) from the

"Challenger" expedition dredgings (Watson, 1886).

The "Bulldog" specimen was kept by Jeffreys, and went to the

U. S. National Museum when the Jeffreys collection was purchased

Contribution No. 1183 from the University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of

Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, 10 Rickenbacker Causeway, Miami,

Florida.

113

1 14 NAUTILIUS Vol. 84 (4)

by the Smithsonian Institution. When examined by the writer, this

specimen was found to difTer from Jeffreys figures and descriptions

as follows :

The axial ribs on the "Bulldog" specimen are not crowded since

the spaces in between are wider, at least on the inner part of the

whorls. The description of O. densicostata states "sculpture, ex-

tremely numerous and close-set striae in the earlier and middle stages

of growth, which ultimately disappear and become microscopic

lines; the upper part of the periphery as well as the base of the

shell are encircled by a sharp keel which intersects the spiral striae."

The "Bulldog" specimen has a weak spiral keel on either side be-

tween suture and periphery; the ribs inside the keel are not as

numerous as on the outer portion of the shell. For each inner rib,

there are two or three outer ribs.

Jeffreys apparently did not examine the "Bulldog" specimen as

carefully as the others, and so missed tlie different sculpture. How-

ever, this is also true of Dall (1927), for he described another

specimen from the western Atlantic without noticing the peculiar

sculpture. This specimen came from "Albatross" station 2668,

30°58'N, 79°38'W, 294 fathoms (538 m), off Fernandina, Florida.

Dall placed his specimen in the genus Lippistes, and stated that

"the shell may not be mature." This species was only briefly

described, and never illustrated. An amplified description is given

below.

Omalogyra planorbis (Dall, 1927)

Lippistes planorbis Dall, 1927, p. 131.

Description — The shell (1.3 mm.) is planispiral and looks like a

minute ammonite. The protoconch is equally visible on both sides,

and the sculpture is also identical on both sides.

The protoconch is initially somewhat bulbous and consists of one

whorl. The teleoconch is another one and one-half whorls. The suture

is deeply impressed and the axial ridges project inwards a little

beyond the suture. The sculpture consists of numerous axial ridges.

Halfway out to the peripheiy, these ridges branch two or three

times. There is a weak discontinuous keel formed where the

branching occurs. The ridges disappear as they approach the

periphery, and this region is quite smooth.

There are about 40 axial ridges on the inner part of the

teleoconch. Some of the branched ridges on the outer part of the

shell are indistinct, making a count difficult.

Holotype — U.S.N.M. No. 108091. Maximum diameter, 1.36 mm,

height, 0.62 mm.

April, 1971 NAUTILUS 115

Type Loca/z7>--30°58'N, 79°38'W; depth, 294 fathoms (538 m).

Remarks — The type is broken around tlie aperture, and is some-

what worn. The sculpture on the inner part of the whorl is, how-

ever, well presei"ved. The shell is white in color without any trace

of color pattern although it might originally have been some shade

of brown like other species in the family Omalogyridae.

The resemblance of the specimen to an ammonite is striking. Not

only is it planispiral with each side a mirror image of the other, but

the peculiar type of sculpture is also found in many species of

ammonites. The shape of the shell reflects the way of life of the

Omalogyridae, for the shell is not carried with the under surface

resting on the foot. Instead, the shell is carried with the aperture

directed forward, and with the plane of the coiling aligned in an

anterior-posterior direction. Thus, the entire animal appears to be

bilaterally symmetrical when crawling.

The holotype is slightly larger than the "Bulldog" specimen, and

has a somewhat larger protoconch. It also appears to have finer

sculpture, but, since the holotype is worn, this feature is difficult

to evaluate. Since there were only two specimens to compare, the

amount of specific variation is unknown. The two specimens are

very similar in size and shape, and have the same type of sculpture.

They should be considered conspecific until additional material

makes it possible to determine the range in variation of the species.

Clarke (1962) overlooked the "Bulldog" specimen when he

tabulated the list of mollusk species known from depth of more

than a thousand fathoms. Actually, he probably should have in-

cluded O. densicostata on the basis of the European specimens since

Jeffreys gave the following locations for his species: Sta. 16 —

39°55'N, 95°6'W, 994 fathoms; Sta. 17— 39°42'N, 9°43'W, 600 to

1095 fathoms. The second locality is given as sta. 17a, but no

statement was made as to the precise depth at which this dredge

haul was made.

The specimens of O. densicostata reported from "Challenger"

station 24 in 390 fathoms off the island of Culebra, between Puerto

Rico and the Virgin Islands, are possibly another species. Watson

had a keen eye for detail on small species, and would hardly have

missed the odd sculpture found on the specimens discussed above.

In addition, his specimens must have been very small from his state-

ment on the size of his material. A more likely record for O. densi-

116 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4)

costata is that of Dautzenberg (1889) for the Azores. However, his

material was from shallow water, and may represent still another

species. Nordsieck (1968) has synonomyzed O. densicostata with

Ammonicera fischeriana ( Monterosato, 1869), apparently with no

justification whatsoever. The description and figures of A. fischeriana

by both Monterosato (1869) and Vayssiere (1893) differ con-

siderably, except in size, from O. densicostata. The figure of O. sim-

plex (Costa, 1861) is, however, very close to that of O. densicostata

and probably represents the same species.

Tryon (1887) only added to the confusion surrounding the

species. He gave the locality of the "Bulldog" specimen as "ofT

Newfoundland" when the locality is actually due east of Jack Lane

Bay, Labrador, and is nearly 300 miles north of Newfoundland.

Tryon also synonomyzed O. densicostata with Skenea trilix Bush,

\Q2>5 = CyclostreTniscus pentagonus (Gabb, 1873), a very different

species belonging to the Vitrinellidae.

Omalogyra planorbis (Dall) is thus a rather deep water species

of the family ranging from 294 to 1622 fathoms (538 to 2967 m).

Its known distribution is on the continental slope of the western

North Adantic from 30°58'N to 55°36'N. Too little material is

known at present to be able to say anything concerning the species

physical requirements as to temperature, type of bottom, and so

forth. Both localities, however, are well out to sea, so it is highly

unlikely that the specimens came from shallow water. The high

latitude of the "Bulldog" specimen appears to rule out the possi-

bility that the specimens came from drifting seaweed. The species

seems to be another mollusk that is poorly known mostly because

of its small size.

Acknowledgements: I would like to thank the personnel of the

Division of Mollusks, U.S. National Museum, for many courtesies

and assistance in my research. This work was supported by National

Science Foundation Grants GB-5055 (UM 8753) and GB-8284

(UM 8214). The excellent figure was drawn by Mrs. Barbara

Lidz Miller.

References Cited

Bullock, R.C. 1969. Omalogyra atomus (Philippi) from Maine.

Nautilus, 55(2) : 70-71.

Clarke, A.H. 1962. Annotated list and bibliography of the abyssal

marine molluscs of the world. Nat.Mus.Canada Bull.. 181 :

1-114.

April, 1971

NAUTILUS

117

Fig. 1. Omalogyra planorbis (Dall). Holotype, 1.36 mm in major diam-

eter, from oflF the east coast of north Florida.

Costa, O.G. 1861. Microdoride mediterranea o descrizione de' poco

ben conosciuti od affatto ignoti viventi minuti e micoscropici del

Mediterraneo. Napoli. i-xviii, 1-80, 13 pis.

Dall, W.H. 1927. Small shells from dredgings off the southeast coast

of the United States by the United States Fisheries Steamer

"Albatross" in 1885 and 1886. Proc. U.S.N.M., 70(2667) : 1-134.

Dautzenberg, P. 1889. Contribution a la faune malacologique des

iles Azores. Monaco Repts., Fascicule 1 : 1-112, 4 pis.

Jeffreys, J.G. 1884. On the Mollusca procured during the "Light-

ning" and "Porcupine" expeditions, 1868-70. (Part VII). Proc.

Zool. Soc. London, 1884: 111-149, pis. 9 & 10.

Monterosato, T.A. 1869. Description d'especes nouvelles de la

Mediterranee. J. Conchlio., 17 : 274-277.

Nordsieck, F. 1968. Die europaischen Meeres — Gehauseschnecken

(Prosobranchia) Vom Eismeer bis Kapverden und Mittelmeer.

Gustave Fischer, Stuttgart, 1-273, 1200 figs, and 4 pis.

Tryon, G.W. 1887. Man. Conch., Ser. \,9 : 1-488, 71 pis.

Vayssiere, A. 1893. Observations zoologiques & anatomiques sur

I'Ammonicera nouveau genre de gasteropode prosobranche.

Ann.Fac.Sci. Marseille, 3 : 15-28, 1 pi.

Watson, R.B. 1886. Report on the Scaphopoda and Gastropoda

collected by HMS Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Chal-

lenger Rep., 15 (42) : 1-756, 50 pis.

118 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4)

A SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE STUDY OF THE

MARGINAL TEETH OF NERITA PELORONTA LINNAEUS

By Ronald Frank Thomas

Florida State University

Tallahassee, Florida 32306

The extreme range of magnification, high resohition and depth

of field of the scanning electron microscope permit study of the

molluscan radula with greater detail than has been previously

possible by viewing dried radulae or stained balsam preparations

with light microscopy.

Gastropods of the family Neritidae (Prosobranchia) are charac-

terized by a radula containing numerous marginal teeth per row,

as is typical of rhipidoglossate radulae. These teeth have been

described by H. B. Baker (1923) in his extensive study of neritid

radulae in which he observed marked differences in marginal teeth

within a species. Only a few marginals from several species of

Nerita s.s. were illustrated in his paper. Only one type of marginal

tooth was drawn for A'^. peloronta, although Baker described the

presence of teeth with cusps, as well as teeth without cusps, in this

species.

Russell (1941) gave a more complete description of A^. pclorojita

marginals. He distinguished between inner marginals (no cusps).

middle marginals (with about 20 fine cusps which become approxi-

mately 34 coarser and longer denticles) , and outermost marginals

(20 fine denticles). Again, however, no teeth were figured. The

present study was undertaken to examine the marginal teeth of

A^. peloronta and to determine the occurrence and morphology*

of cusps on these teeth.

Innermost marginal teeth (Fig. 2) were found to lack cusps, as

described by Russell and Baker. These teeth are distally narrow

and wide basally.

Teeth located in the middle portion of a row of marginals

become cuspate, each tooth bearing about 10-15 large cusps (Fig. 3)

which become smaller and more numerous in teeth further towards

the most lateral area of the row. These teeth are spatulate and

broader distally than are the innermost marginals. Outermost

marginals consist of a broad, spatulate distal region containing many

fine serrations (Fig. 4) .

Close examination of the marginals of N. peloronta revealed

Contribution No. 1328 from the University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of

Marine and Atmospheric Science, Florida 33149.

Fig. 1. One-half of a radular row of N. peloronta. Scale line equals

0.2 mm. Fig. 2. Innermost marginal. Scale equals 10 /x. Fig. 3. Middle

marginal. Scale equals 5 n. Fig. 4. Outermost marginal. Scale equals 5 /x.

that the innermost marginals are acuspate. Middle and outermost

marginals possess cusps which vary greatly in size and number.

There is not a clear separation into middle and outermost margi-

nals; rather there is a gradual increase in number of cusps depend-

ing on the position of the tooth within the radular row.

Literature Cited

Baker, H.B. 1923. Notes on the radula of the Neritidae. Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phila., 75 : 117-178.

Russell, H.D. 1941. The recent mollusks of the family Neritidae of

the western Atlantic. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 88: 347-404.

120

NAUTILUS

Vol.84 (4)

A NEW ASHMUNELLA (POLYGYRIDAE) FROM DOlSJA ANA

COUNTY, NEW MEXICO

By Artie L. Metcalf and Patricia A. Hurley

Department of Biology, The University of Texas at El Paso, 79999

Reported here is a new species of snail of the genus Ashmunella

from Mount Riley, Dofia Ana County, in south-central New-

Mexico. Mount Riley is located approximately 30 miles west of

El Paso, Te.xas, and 33 miles southwest of Las Cruces. New Mexico.

"Mount" Riley actually consists of two mountains (herein called

Northeast Mt. Riley and Southwest Mt. Riley in reference to their

relative positions) located mainly in the southwest part of T. 27 S,

R. 2 W. Northeast Mt. Riley (mainly in Sees. 29 and 30) com-

Fig. 1. Holotype of Ashmunella rileyensis new species, Mount Riley, Dona

Ana Co., New Mexico (ANSP 319120).

April, 1971 NAUTILUS 121

prises a major peak (5915 ft.) in its southern part and, north of a

low (5160 ft.) saddle, a series of four peaks ascending stairstep-wise

to the highest, northwesternmost peak (5803 ft.). A valley ca.

one-half mile wide separates Northeast Mt. Riley from Southwest

Mt. Riley (mainly in Sec. 31), which is smaller, more conical in

shape, and with only one major peak (5957 ft.), which is centrally

located.

The only trees in the mountains are scattered one-seeded junipers

{Junipcrus monospcrma) . Salient larger plants include broad-

leaved yuccas {Tucca baccata and Y. torreyi) , sotol {Dasylirion

wheeleri) , several kinds of cacti, ocotillo {Fouquieria splendens) ,

sumacs {Rhus micropliylla and R. trilobata) , and saltbush {Atriplex

canescens) .

In general, the same kind of rock is found throughout the

mountains. The rock is igneous and fine-grained, possibly a dacite

(Dr. Jerry M. Hoffer, pers. comm.). Dane and Bachman (1961)

mapped Mt. Riley as consisting of extrusive rock of Tertiary age.

The rock produces large amounts of talus, which has accumulated

on slopes, especially at the heads of ravines in the mountains. All

Ashmunella (except fossils) were taken by digging in this talus. A

slope-wash mantle, probably of late Pleistocene age, has accumu-

lated on the lower parts of some steep slopes. This sediment yielded

a few fossil Ashmunella at Locality 5 (see below) .

The new species was taken at the following localities shown on

tlie Mt. Riley 15 minute topographic map, edition of 1929. All are

in T. 27 S, R. 2W.

1. Northeast Mt. Riley. SW/4,SWj4,SWj/4, Sec. 28. From talus

on east slope of mountain. 5200-5300 ft.

2. Type locality. Nordieast Mt. Riley. SWi4,NEi4, Sec. 30. From

talus at head of southwest-draining ravine between 5803 ft. peak

and next peak (5260 ft.) to the northwest; 3 mm NE of "0" in

"30" on topo. map. ca. 5200 ft.

3. Southwest Mt. Riley. NEi4,SE/4,NW|4, Sec. 31. From

prominent talus accumulation on steep north slope of mountain to

south of intermontane valley. 5100-5200 ft.

4. Southwest Mt. Riley. SW^,NE/4,SWJ4, Sec. 31. From talus

at head of west-draining ravine on west side of highest peak. ca.

5200 ft.

5. Southwest Mt. Riley. NE/4,NE/4,NW/4, Sec. 31. Reddish

slope mantle exposed in arroyo bank towards lower part of steep

122 NAu-nLus Vol. 84(4)

north-facing slope. Probably of late Pleistocene age. 4800-4900 ft.

Other localities mentioned herein from which comparative ma-

terial of other species of Aslimunella were obtained are:

6. A. koclii Clapp. New Mexico, Dona Ana Co., NW^, Sec. 9,

T. 19 S, R. 4 E. West slope of San Andres Mts., ca. .8 mil. ESE

Ropes Spring. 6900 ft.

7. A. kochi. New Mexico, Dona Ana Co., NWj/i, SWj4, Sec.

5, T. 23 S, R. 4 E. Organ Mts., Fillmore Canyon at "The Narrows."

7050 ft.

8. A. organensis Pilsbry. New Mexico, Doha Ana Co., NEJ4,

SE^, Sec. 5, T. 23 S, R. 4 E. Organ Mts.; environs of Rock House

Spring. 7850 ft.

9. A. pasonis (Drake). Texas, El Paso Co. 3r58'r' N Lat;

106°30'45" VV Long. West side of Franklin Mts. at mouth of

Vinton Canyon, the type locality of the species. 4900 ft.

Specimens have been deposited in the following museums: Acad-

emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (Type, 319120; Paratypes,

319121 and 319122) ; United States National Museum (Paratypes,

681637) ; University of Michigan Museum of Zoology (Paratypes,

231087) ; Department of Biological Science, University of Arizona

(Paratypes, 4366) ; Delaware Museum of Natural History, Para-

types (40844 and 40845).

Ashmunt\\^.nleyensis new species (Fig. 1,A-B)

Shell. Shell depressed and slightly angular around the upper

periphery of body whorl; relatively narrowly umbilicate (for

the genus), the umbilicus contained 4-6 times in the diameter;

embryonic whorl smooth, succeeding whorls finely marked with

delicate growth lines; second and third whorls sparingly and

minutely papillose; fine spiral striae on base of body whorl (papillae

and striae not observable except with considerable magnification) ;

periostracum glossy, light tan in color except for inner surface of

lip and teeth, which are white; aperture obliquely oriented;

parietal callus exceedingly thin, same color as body whorl and

scarcely discemable from it; two parietal teeth, the basal tooth

longer, oblique, slightly sinuous, widest and highest anteriorly;

dorsal parietal tooth shorter, lower, rising symmetrically to highest

point, located centrally; three marginal teeth in outer lip, upper

tooth rectangular, the two lower teeth longitudinally compressed,

tlic upper one slightly longer.

April, 1971 NAUTILUS 123

Table 1. Proportions involving some chararters of shells and genitalia of

sever^al species of Ashmunella. Locality numbers in parentheses are

identified in text. Measurements taken as indicated in section

"Measur>eiiients of Holotype." S.D.= standard deviation; N=nuiTiber of

specimens; l.=length; w.=width; dia.=diaiTieter.

Measurements of Holotype. Whorls 5.J/2 ; maximum diameter

14.7 mm; height 5.7 mm; umbilicus (measured as in Clench and

Miller, 1966:3) 3.0 mm; length of upper and lower parietal teeth

1.5 and 3.0 mm; length of upper tooth of outer lip 1.8 mm;

apertural height (between two ends of outer lip) 4.6 mm; greatest

diameter of reflected lip (measured from surface behind aperture)

124 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4)

Table 2. Mecisurements (irni) of diameter and height of shell and several parts

of the genitalia of seven paratypes (topotypes from Loc. 2) of

Aslimunella rileyensis .

.9 mm. Slight cracks, seemingly resulting from an injury to the shell

that later healed, occur on part of the body whorl of the holotype

and are discernable in Fig. 1, A-B.

Variation in Characters of Shell. Parietal dentition is less well

developed in specimens from Southwest Mt. Riley (Locs. 3, 4) and

in the fossils from Loc. 5 than in specimens from Northeast Mt.

Riley (Locs. 1,2). In the former specimens, the upper parietal

tooth is absent or consists only of a minute swelling. The lower

parietal tooth is shorter in populations from Southwest Mt. Riley

and in fossil specimens (Table 1). The teeth of the outer lip are

similar in size in northeastern and southwestern living populations

but are extremely low in the fossils. The space between the two

lower teeth of the outer lip is greater in southwestern and in fossil

specimens. The umbilicus is narrower in the fossil than in the living

specimens (Table 1).

Color. Sole whitish, light gray ventrolaterally and in entire

caudal region, grading to dark gray on dorsal surface anteriorly;

tentacles dark gray.

Genitalia. (Fig. 2). The upper sac of the penis is approximately

half as wide as the lower sac. The upper sac of the penis com-

prises an upper, wider and a lower, narrower part; the lower part,

thus, produces a prominent constriction in the penis (Fig. 2). The

greater width of the upper part of the upper sac is produced by

the presence of swollen tissue of glandular appearance. This mass

April. 1971

NAUTILUS

125

ol tissue is somt'whaL C-shapcd, in\csting ca. "-.-t ol the pt'iiplu'iy,

with the two ends of the "C" greatly incurved, protruding inward

to constrict the lumen and give it, in cross-section, the appearance

of a trident (see enlarged x-sec. in I'ig. 2). The jjenis is ca. 1.1-1.')

tiines as long as the vagina and 1.9-2.5 times as long as the free

oviduct. A short penial retractor muscle originates on the epiphallus

and inserts in the lung cavity lining, l^he area of muscle attachment

on the epiphallus is connected to the upper sac of the penis by an

enveloping fold of connective tissue. The area of insertion of this

tissue varies from high to low on the upper sac. l^he flagellum is

1/4 mm

go

Fig. 2. Genitalia of Ashmunella rileyensis new species. Paratype (also

topotype, Loc. 2) from Mount Riley, Dona Ana Co., New Mexico, a, atrium;

ag, albumen gland; e, epiphallus; f, flagellum; go, genital orifice; hd, herma-

phroditic duct; Ip, lower sac of penis; o, free oviduct; p, prostate; pr, penial

retractor; sd, spermathecal duct; t, talon; u, uterus; up. upper sac of penis;

V, vagina; vd, vas deferens.

126 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4)

closely bound to the epiphallus. Both the epiphallus and the

spermatheca vai-y greatly in length, perhaps depending on the

presence or absence of a spermatophore as suggested by Webb

(1954:17) for Ashmunclla rhyssa (Dall). The talon consists of a

relatively long, slender stalk with a well-defined central canal and

small lobes at its end. Measurements of seven specimens are

presented in Table 2.

Comparisons and Relationships

A. rileyensis belongs to the group of Ashmunella discerned by

Pilsbry (1940:913-914) as having the upper part of the penis

approximately half as wide at the lower part. His figure (1940:

525, 9) of A. organensis Pilsbry illustrates well this kind of penis.

In addition to A. organensis, A. kochi Clapp from the San Andres

and Organ Mts., New Mexico, and A. pasonis (Drake) from the

Franklin Mountains, Texas, possess similar penial anatomy. Both

A. organensis and A. kochi occur in the Organ Mts. The latter

species was reported as A. mearnsi (Dall) by Cockerell (1897:69).

was suggested as probably being referable to A. kochi by Pilsbry

(1915:329), and was listed as ^. A;oc/n" by Metcalf (1969:Table 1).

This representative of A. kochi may be deserving of subspecific

status; it has not been critically studied.

Although of questionable taxonomic significance, the atrium,

spermatheca, and epiphallus are also similar in their relative pro-

portions in the species noted above. In regard to shell characters,

A. kochi from the Organ and San Andres Mts. and A. rileyensis

have much in common. The flattened shell, oblique aperture, and

number and arrangement of teeth are similar. A. rileyensis seems

to resemble more closely the representative from the Organ Mts. in

proportions of the shell and genitalia (Table 1) and both lack the

deep-seated lamella behind the lip inside the last whorl found in

A. kochi from the San Andres Mts. (Pilsbiy, 1940:977). However,

the umbilicus is significantly narrower in A. rileyensis than in A.

kochi and closer to the extremely narrow umbilicus of A. organensis

(Table 1). The lip is reflected to a greater degree in A. kochi and

A. pasonis than in A. rileyensis (Table 1). .^4. rileyeiisis possesses a

relatively longer penis and a shorter free oviduct than do specimens

of A. kochi and A. pasonis (Table 1).

There seems little doubt that A. rileyensis is closely related to the

kochi-organensis-pasonis complex and is probably closest to A. kochi.

April, 1971 NAUTILUS 127

However, the tew lossil specimens of A. rileycnsis recoxered (Loc.

5) have a narrower vimbilicus and more poorly developed dciitilioii

tlian any living specimens found (Table 1). In these characters

tliey approach the condition of A. organensis (Table 1). Con-

ceivably, then, A. rileyensis has evolved not from a snail like living

A. kochi, but from some common ancestor (or another, extinct

relative) of A. kochi and A. organensis.

The nearest known species of Ashmunella to the west of Mt.

Riley are A. mearnsi (Dall) and A. hebardi Pilsbry and Vanatta

of the Big Hatchet Mts. and A. walkeri Ferriss of the Florida Mts.

In A. mearnsi and A. walkeri, the upper sac of the penis is wider

tlian in the group of species discussed above; probably, then.

A. mearnsi and A. walkeri are somewhat removed phyletically from

that group.

Literature Cited

Clench, W. J. and W. B. Miller. 1966. A new species of Ashmunella

from west Te.xas (Mollusca: Pulmonata) . Breviora, Mus. Comp.

Zool. 244: 1-6.

Cockerell, T. D. A. 1897. (Untitled). Nautilus 11: 69.

Dane, C. H. and G. O. Bachman. 1961. Preliminary geologic map

of the southwestern part of New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv. Misc.

Geol. Invest. Map 1-344.

Metcalf, A. L. 1969. QuateiTiary surfaces, sediments, and mollusks:

southern Mesilla Valley, New Mexico and Texas. New Mexico

Geol. Soc. Field Conf. Guidebook 20: 158-164.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1915. Mollusca of the southwestern states, VI: the

Hacheta Grande, Florida, and Peloncillo Alountains, New

Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1915: 323-350.

. 1940. Land Mollusca of North .Xmerica (north of Me.xico) .

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Monogr. /(2): i-vi+5 75-994.

Webb, G. R. 1954. The life-history and sexual anatomy data on

Ashmunella with a revision of the triodopsin snails. Gastropodia

/: 13-18.

ON A SINISTRAL CHONDROPOMINE FROM JAMAICA

By Morris K. Jacobso.x and Kenneth J. Boss

Museum of Comparative Zoology,

Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138

While sinistral specimens of normally dextral land pulmonates

have been more or less frequently reported, records of such

teratological land prosobranchs are very rare, especially in the

Pomatiasidae. Dautzenberg (1914, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 39:

128 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4)

50-59) noted only eight pomatiasid species, all from the Old World,

among the 195 he cited in which such monstrosities have been

reported. He did not state how many specimens were involved.

The figure published here (fig. 1) is of a specimen of Choano-

poma {Colobostylus) jayanum (C. B. Adams, 1850. Contr. Conch.

4: 50) from Jamaica, referred to but not illustrated by C. B.

Adams (1851, ibid., 10: 194). It was collected by Rev. R. F.

Holland, probably in Manchester Parish where Pilsbry & Brown

(1910, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 522) and H. B.

Baker (1935, Nautilus, 48: 65) noted the occurrence of the species.

Apparently tliis is the only New World specimen of its kind ever

reported, in spite of the fact that since the time of C. B. Adams the

condropomine pomatiasids of the West Indies have been widely and

intensively studied by many amateur and professional students

alike. Three monographs of the group have been published (Torre

& Bartsch, 1938, 1941; Bartsch, 1946) and vast numbers of speci-

mens collected and examined. Hence this teratological specimen is

of considerable interest. It was given to Bland by C. B. Adams

and is now in the collection of the Museum of Comparative

Zoology (262993).

Fig. 1. Normal and sinistral specimens of Chuanopoma (Colobostylui)

jayanum (C. B. Adams), c. 3x Photograph by courtesy of Robert C. Bullock.

April. l')71

NAITILUS

129

STROMBUS GIGAS LINNAEUS FROM THE

BOWDEN FORMATION, JAMAICA.

By Peter Jung

Naturhistorisches Museum

Basil. Switzerland

On May 12, 1969, tht' Geology DcpartiiK-nt of the University of

the West Indies, Kingston, Jamaica, improved the outcrop of the

Bovvden shell bed with the help of a bulldozer. This locality is the

type locality of the Bowden Formation. Wcxjdring (1928) assigned

a late middle Miocene age to the Bowden Formation, whereas

many paleontologists working with foraminifera consider it as

Pliocene. The Bowden shell bed has been famous for more than a

century for its abiuidant and well-preserved fossils. It is situated on

the east side of Port Morant, St. Thomas, at the road opposite the

Bowden Shop. i.e. 500 m NNE of the Bowden Wharf. Among the

different groups of invertebrates the mollusks are best represented,

i.e. by more than 600 species ( Woodring 1925, 1928) . Most of these

species are of small or medium size. Large species (i.e. more than

100 mm in one dimension) are rare. As an exception to this rule

Rutsch (1931) described a large species of Strombus and Palmer

(1938) reported large specimens of Spondyhis bostrycliitcs Guppy

from Bowden.

During the process of excavating a single, large, almost complete

Fig. 1. .^pcrtural and dorsal view of shell of Strombus iiiiias Liiine from

the Bowden Formation. Jamaica.

130 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4)

specimen of Strombus gigas Linne was uncovered from a 30 cm

thick, clayey and silty bed about 4 m above the present level of the

road. Woodring (1928) recorded 3 species of Strombus from

Bowden : S. pugiloides Guppy, S. bifrons Sowerby, and S. leurus

Woodring. Three years later Rutsch (1931) described S. dominator

delabechei based on two excellently preserved shells. He interpreted

the fragment figured by Woodring (1928, p. 326, pi. 24, fig. 2) as

Strombus species to be part of a S. dominator delabechei.

The most striking features of the specimen of S. gigas (pis. 1-3)

are the two long spines and the somewhat irregular thickening of

the spiral ridges on the dorsal part of the body whorl. The total

number of spines on the body whorl is 7. The upper end of the

outer lip reaches approximately the height of the apex. Basal canal

bent backwards. Height of specimen: 25 mm; maximum diameter

(including spines) : 220 mm.

The irregular thickenings of the spiral ornamentation on the

dorsal side of the body whorl are similar to those of S. samba

Clench a species which has been synoynmized with S. gigas by

several authors. The tips of most of the larger spines are broken.

The margin of the lower portion of the outer lip is damaged in-

cluding the larger part of the stromboid notch. Protoconch and

earliest whorls are not preserved. The ventral side and to a lesser

extent also the dorsal side of the spire are covered with sponge

borings.

Recent S. gigas lives in shallow water and ranges from Bermuda

and southern Florida through the West Indies to northern South

America (Clench and Abbott, 1941, p. 13; Warmke and Abbott,

1961, p. 88, map 3). Although it is most abundant locally, fossil

records of S. gigas are rare. Gabb (1873, p. 234) listed ^S". gigas

from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic, but this record has

not been confimied by Pilsbiy (1922) in his revision of Gabb's

Tertiary mollusks from the Dominican Republic nor by other

authors (e.g. Maury 1917; Pflug 1961). Two well-preserved fossil

shells of S. gigas are contained in the collections of the Natural

History Museum Basel; they were collected from the Pleistocene

part of the Coralrock FoiTnation of Barbados. ,

References Cited

Clench, W.J. and Abbott, R.T. 1941. The genus Strombus in the

Western Atlantic, Johnsonia, 1, No. 1 : 1-15, pis. 1-10.

April, 1971 NAKTiLus K^l

Ciabb, VV.M. 1873. On the topography and tocology of Santo

Domingo. Trans. Ainer.Philos.Soc, new scr., 15 : 40-259, 2 rna|)s.

.\Iaui-\-, C.J. 1917. Santo Domingo tvpe sections and fossils. Pt. 1.

Buli.Amer.Paleont., 5, No. 29 : 1-251, pis. 1-39.

Palmer, K.V.W. 1938. Neocene Spondyli from the southern United

States and tropical America. Palaeont.Amer., 2. No. 8 : 1-18,

pis. 1-3.

Pfiug, H.D. 1961. Mollusken aus dem Tertiar \on St. Domingo.

Acta Humboldtiana, ser. geol. et palaeont.. No. 1, |)p. 1-107.

pis. 1-26, 1 te.\t-fig.

Pilsbry, H.A. 1922. Revision of W.M. CJabb's Tertiary Mollusca of

Santo Domingo. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 73 : 305-435,

pis. 16-47, text-figs. 1-48.

Rutsch, R.F. 1931. Strombus dominator delabechei, nov. subspec.

aus den jungmiozanen Bowdenschichten von Jamaika, Eel. geol.

Helv., 24, No. 2 : 254-260, pi. 12.

Warmke, G.L. and Abbott R.T. 1961. Caribbean Seashells. Living-

stone Publishing Company, Narberth, Pennsylvania, pp. x -|- 348,

pis. 1-44, text-figs. 1-34, maps 1-19.

VVoodring, W.P. 1925. Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica

Pelecypods and Scaphopods. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ.

No. 366, pp. 1-222, pis. 1-28.

1928. Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica. Pt. 2.

Gastropods and discussion of results. Carnegie Inst. Washington,

Publ. No. 385, pp. 1-564, pis. 1-40, text-figs. 1-3.

ANATOMY AND GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE

SUCCINEID GASTROPOD,

SUCCINEA VAGINACONTORTA LEE

By Dorothea S. Franzen

Illinois Wesk'yan University,

Bloomington, Illinois 61701

Succinea vaginacontorta Lee, 1951, Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ.

Mich. No. 533: 1-7, pis. 2, text fig. 1 : Miles, 19.58, Univ. Kans. Sci.

Bull. Vol. XXXVIII, Pt. II, No. 24: 1517-1519, PI. IC, fig. 4;

Leonard, 1959, Handbook of Gastropods in Kansas, Univ. Kans.

Mus. Nat. Hist. Misc. Pub. 20: 155-158, pi. 9, fig. 3.

While on a paleontological expedition in Meade County, Kansas,

in June, 1942, Claude W. Hibbard noted what appeared to be an

hitherto unknown species of Succinea living among clumps of grass

and the sagebrush on slopes directly exposed to the sunshine. In the

summer of 1950, members of the University of Michigan Paleonto-

logical Expedition to Kansas collected a series of this species which

132 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4)

was subsequently described by a C. Bruce Lee as Succinca vagina-

contorta (Lee, 1951).

Succmea vaginacontorta Lee is a terrestrial gastropod of the high

plains. For a period of over seventeen years attempts by the author,

and others, to find this species in localities aflfording similar habitats

outside of southwestern Kansas were unsuccessful. Miles (Miles.

1958) refers to Webb as having found this species at several otluM

localities in Kansas. The author has not had the opportunity to

examine those snails and, therefore, cannot verify those records.

Since 1967, S. vaginacontorta has been found living in the badlands

of South Dakota; Brown County, Nebraska; Sherman County,

Texas; and San Migual County, New Mexico. Unlike most of the

succineas, ^S". vaginacoyitorta is xerophilous. Its usual habitat is a

treeless slope of a hillside supporting a ground cover of short grass,

sagebrush, and lichens. This species appears on the surface in the

summertime after rains have soaked the ground. During periods of

drought it disappears and may not be seen again for months or

even years. The stations from which S. vaginacontorta has been

collected and a brief description of the local ecology of each, are:

Type Locality: Field No. 400. One and three-fourths mi. E. of

Meade County State Park (SW corner of S 18, T 33 S, R 28 W),

Meade County, Kansas. Altitude: 2390 ft. above sea level.

In the summer of 1950 when Succinca vaginacontorta was present

on the surface, the type locality . . . "was a sagebrush flat on which

haiiy gramma grass (Bouteloua hirsuta Lag.) was growing along a

small creek . . ." (locally known as Cowland Creek). "The hair)'

gramma grass occurred in thick stands with a few small patches

between the stands. The snails lived on the spots of lichens, mosses

and occasional liverworts between these patches. Hibbard stated

that the area is subject to intense droughts and periods of dryness

alternating with spells of heavy rains. The snails were present in

large numbers." (Lee, 1951, pp. 1-2.)

For over a period of 45 years the mean annual rainfall in Meade

County, Kansas, has been 19.66" (Hibbard and Taylor, 1960, p.

23). The greatest amount of rainfall occurs in the months of May-

August. These months are marked also with periods of drought.

Claude W. Hibbard and the author visited the type locality in

July, 1962. The area had been cleared, by application of herbicides,

of most of the former stands of sagebrush and of all of the plumb

April, 1971 NAUTILUS 133

thickets. The sandy loam soil supported a growth of buffalo grass.

Succinea vaginae ontorta was not in evidence.

On June 10, 1969, Claude W. Hibbard revisited the locality. At

that time, due to recent rains, the ground was moist to a depth of

at least five feet. Water had collected in small ponds in depressions

in the fields and pastures. S. vaginacontorta was found living

around small plants of sagebrush and bunches of short blue stem

grass. Apparently because sagebrush was becoming reestablished,

S. vaginacontorta was reappearing as well.

Field No. 256. One-half mi. W. of Meade County State Park

(SE /4 of SW 1/4, S 16, T 33 S, R 29 W), Meade County, Kansas.

Altitude: 2630-2640 ft. above sea level.

The habitat is a treeless hillside. The author visited this locality

the latter part of July, 1962. The sandy-loam supported a growth of

sagebrush {Artemisia sp.), buffalo grass {Buchloe sp.), and hairy

gramma [Bouteloiia sp.). Lichens were growing in exposed patches

of soil as well as at bases of sagebrush and buffalo grass. The ground

was wet from recent rains. A large number of Succinea vaginacon-

torta were found living on the crest of the hillside. They were

most abundant in open patches where they were directly exposed to

the sunshine. Several subsequent attempts by the author to find

S. vaginacontorta at this locality have been unsuccessful because

weather conditions have been unfavorable and the ground has

been very dry.

Field No. 185. Meade County State Park (near the north line of

NE ^, S 15, T 33 S, R 29 W), Meade County, Kansas. Altitude:

2510-2520 ft. above sea level.

The habitat is a flat at the foot of a slope. The soil is a sandy

silt covered with fine eolian silt. Claude W. Hibbard and the

author visited this locality the latter part of July, 1954. The ground

supported a growth of sagebrush {Artemisia sp.), buffalo grass

(Buchloe sp.) and some gramma grass. Lichens and mosses grew

in the shade of the sagebrush. The summer of 1953 had been

exceedingly dry. In May, 1954, this area received a rainfall of

1%". Another recent rainfall of 1^" had provided enough mois-

ture to make the ground muddy and for Succinea vaginacontorta

to emerge from wherever this species aestivates during periods of

drought. The snails were found living on the ground near the

134

NAUTILUS

Vol. 84 (4)

<

z

o

o

<

z

u

to

o

o

April. 1971

NAUTILUS

135

136 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4)

sagebrush and among bunches of buffalo grass and, also, on bare

spots of ground.

When the author revisited this locality on July 25, 1962, she

found what had been, in 1954, bare spots on the mudflat and on

the hillside had become covered with tall grasses and weeds as a

result of a greater amount of rainfall in the previous two years.

Apparently the denser vegetation was the cause for the reduced

population of S. vaginacontorta.

Field No. 401. Meade County, Kansas, (SW ^, S 22, T 33 S,

R 29 W). Altitude: 2535 ft. above sea level.

The soil, a sandy silt, of this locality which is a sagebrush flat,

supports a growth of sagebrush, lichens, and a small amount of

grass. Rains which fell in the middle of June, 1969, had moistened

the ground sufficiently for Succinea vaginacontorta to appear on the

surface. On July 6, 1969, Claude W. Hibbard and members of his

field party collected about forty live snails off the bare, moist,

ground.

Field No. 372. Six mi. N. of Ainsworth, (SE /4, S 25, T 31 N, R

22 W) Brown County, Nebraska. Altitude: 2450 ft. above sea level.

Succinea vaginacontorta obtained from this locality was collected

by Claude W. Hibbard. The habitat of this species at this station is

comparable to those of Meade County, Kansas. The soil is a sandy

silt. Most of the snails collected on May 31, and June 15, 1968,

were found along the rim at the top of a low bluff, living under

yucca and on patches of liverwort growing between clumps of

little blue stem grass. Those snails which had been washed down

into the stream valley were living on the grassy flood plain on the

bare ground between clumps of little blue stem grass about a foot

above the sandwash channel. Here, as in Meade County, Kansas,

the snails were active after a 1/2" rainfall.

Filed No. 393. Fifteen mi. S. of Kadoka, Washabaugh County,

South Dakota, along South Dakota State Hgwy. 73, in the South

Dakota Badlands.

This locality is at the rim of grass where Oligocene beds are

exposed. Succinea vaginacontorta, collected by Bruce Cornet, Uni-

versity of Michigan, on May 16, 1968, was found living on the

edge of sparse grassland on bare strips between bunches of grass.

(Claude W. Hibbard, personal communication, Nov. 12, 1968.)

Field No. 391. Two miles S. of Stratford, Sherman County,

April. 1971

NAUTILUS

137

•.■Sli:'

«■ ■

' .'J

-•'.H >'^--;/

Fig. 1 (left). Drawing of a shell of Succinea vaginacontorta Lee from the

type locality. (Right) Drawing of head anterior body region and mantle of

Succinea vaginacontorta Lee showing patterns of pigmentation.

Texas, along U.S. Hgwy. 287. Altitude: 3970 ft. above sea level.

The Ogallala Formation forms a caprock at the top of bluffs

rimming the south wall of Coldwater Creek Valley. Much rock

debris accumulates on the slopes. Plants of this area are predomi-

nantly grasses Andropogan sp. and Bouteloiia sj).) and some

Yucca glauca. In August, 1968, Artie Metcalf (personal communi-

cation, August 26, 1968) collected Succinea vaginacontorta which

were aestivating under limestone rocks of the Ogallala Formation

and imder stems and dead caudices of Yucca glauca.

Field No. 365. One-half mi. N. of Romeroville, San Migual

County, New Mexico. Altitude: 6430 ft. above sea level.

This habitat is a roadside ditch along Interstate Hgwy. 25. In

some places in the ditch the water was 6" deep. Succinea vaginacon-

torta, collected by Artie Metcalf. was concentrated on mud along

the edge of the water and back several inches where the groimd

was still moist. The general habitat was grassland with scattered

juniper and pinyon pine. (Artie Metcalf, personal communication.

November 26. 1968.)

The Shell. The dull, grayish amber, translucent, ovate shell of

Succinea vaginacontorta is composed of from 2/2 to slightly more

than 3/2 convex, sharply incised whorls which increase rapidly in

size from the acute spire to the body whorl. Although the shell is

fragile, it is of the heavier, more solid succineid shells — comparable

138 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4)

RM EP HD AG

Fig. 2 (left). Anterior genitalia of Succinea vaginacontorta Lee. PS, penial

sheath; RM, retractor muscle; SRD, seminal receptacle duct; EP, epiphal-

lus; V, vagina. (Right) Albumin gland, prostate gland and associated struc-

tures of Succinea vaginacontorta Lee. PG, prostate gland; HD, hermaphrodi-

tic duct; AG, albumin gland; SV seminal vesicles; FS, fertilization sac.

to those of S. campestris Say and .S". luteola Gould. The nuclear

whorl is finely punctate. The remaining whorls are marked with

striae, fine on the penultimate whorl, becoming heavier and coarser

until they produce a rough appearance on the surface of the

ultimate whorl. Due to the heavy striations the shell, when stripped

of its periostracum, has a striped appearance.

As is to be noted in Table I, the shell attains a height of up to

almost 12.5 mm and a width of up to 8.8 mm (Field No. 391,

Sherman Co., Texas, and Field No. 256, Meade Co., Kansas) .

According to observations based on this study, the maximum heights

of shells of S. vaginae ojitorta appear to be attained by the latter part

of July and early August. The ovate aperture, ranging from 52.6%

to 68.7% of the height of the largest shells obtained from the several

stations, is bounded by a sharp peristome which continues over the

body whorl as a thin callous. Other dimensions and ratios of

dimensions are to be noted in Table I. The columella is gently

curved, Figure 1.

The Body. The surface of the translucent, dull grey-white body

is coarsly and irregularly tuberculated. The tubercles are most

apparent on the surface of the head and the sides of the body;

they are more prominent when the body is contracted than when

relaxed. Generally the body is so lightly pigmented that it is

difficult to recognize any distinct pattern. When intense enough to

be discerned, the pattern is the form of a mottled broad band on

the anterior dorsal surface of the head (Figure 2) . At the level of the

posterior tentacles this broad band divides into a median and two

lateral bands which extend to the edge of the mantle. The pigmenta-

April, 1971

NAUTILUS

139

l-R-L

l-R-M

9-R-M

ll-R-M

Fig. 3. Representative teeth of a radula. C, center; l-R-L, first right

lateral; l-R-M, first right marginal; 9-R-M. ninth right marginal; ll-R-M,

eleventh right marginal.

No. 185

Meade County State

Park, Kansas

(B) 101

80

.No. 391

Sherman Co.

80

Te.xas

40

28

40

22

25

29

Table II. Formulae of representative rows of teeth of Succinea vargina-

contorta Lee.

tion of the surface of the mantle varies from a pattern of irregular

bands extending to the border of the kidney to one that is a combina-

tion of overall diffuse, fine stripes and blotches. Blotches of pigmenta-

tion outline the kidney and appear also over its surface (Figure 2).

The collar of the mantle may be unpigmented or finely peppered

in the form of an irregular band. The lateral surface of the body

is coarsly and irregularly tuberculated and sparsly pigmented. The

body wall is incised by shallow vertical grooves which extend to

the margin of the foot resulting in a scalloped edge. A shallow pedal

groove and a shallow suprapedal groove run posteriorly from the

labial palp. The genital aperture is in the form of an elongate

crescent.

140 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4)

Although the anatomy of the reproductive system of Succmea

vaginae ontorta resembles, generally, what is characteristic of the

genus, this species inanifests certain structural features of the penial

sheath, penis, epiphallus, vagina and prostate gland which are

distinctive. The penis is enclosed in a penial sheath which is slightly

peppered with black pigment, thick and opaque rather than thin

and translucent. Fibers of the wall of the penial sheath extend onto

and are fused onto, the surface of the penis. The penis is a straight,

tubular structure, i.e. it is accommodated within the length of the

sheath and does not recoil. The epiphallus, noticeably short and

stout, enters the penial sheath about one-fourth of its distal end,

emerges distally, loops, reenters through the same aperture, and

enters the penis terminally. The retractor muscle is attached to the

distal end of the sheath near the edge of the aperture through which

the epiphallus loops (Figure 3). A thin, slightly peppered sheath

encloses the white, small, globular, follicular prostate gland

(Figure 4.)

The convoluted oviduct joins the straight, heavy-walled uterus

which joins an inflated, thick-walled, peculiar S-looped vagina

with which the spermatheca duct is connected. As the vagina

approaches the common genital antrum it becomes thin-walled and

straight (Figure 4). A thin, sometimes slightly pigmented sheath

covers the elongate, follicular albumin gland. The twinned seminal

vesicles, unequal in length, and the hermaphroditic duct are pig-

mented, and open into the fertilization sac (Figure 4).

The Radula and Jaw. The structure of the radula of Siiccinea

vaginae ontorta is characteristic of the genus. The number of rows

of teeth range from about eighty to one-hundred. The ratio of

laterals to marginals approaches 1 : 1 which has been found to be

true of, also, S. ovalis Say (Frazen, 1959, Table II). The number

of teeth of representative rows of radulae are to be noted in

Table II.

Structure of representative teeth are illustrated in Figure 5.

The central tooth has a long, sharply pointed mesocone which

equals or exceeds in length that of its basal plate. The mesocone is

flanked on either side by a smaller ectocone. The laterals have a

long, sharply pointed mesocone which, generally, exceeds in length

that of its basal plate. There is a single ectocone. The endocone is

generally wanting. The marginals are characterized by a short

April, 1971 NAUTILUS 141

endocone, a long, sharply pointed mesocone, and an ectocone which

is divided into two or three short teeth. The differentiation between

laterals and marginals is not always sharply defined. Sometimes an

endocone appears in the outermost laterals. On either side of a

lateral with a split ectocone may be one with an undivided

ectocone. The basal plates of the marginals are as in Succinea

ovalis Say (Tranzen, 1959, Fig. 3). They are not long and tapering

as in the genus Oxyloma (Franzen, 1963, Fig. 1) nor as short and

broad as in the genus Catinella (Quick, 1933, Fig. 4).

The amber colored jaw has a large, rounded median fold which

projects anteriorly. It lacks the series of small lateral folds charac-

teristic of the jaw of Succinea ovalis Say (Franzen, 1959, Fig. 2).

Chromosomes. Tissues of gonads of Succinea vaginacontorta of

several localities were squashed and stained with orcein. The most

successful preparations were made of snails from locality 391,

Sherman County, Texas. Examinations of the stained chromosomes

in metaphase revealed a haploid number of eighteen.

Discussion. Succinea vaginacontorta is a xerophilous terrestrial

gastropod of the high plains of the United States. Its known range

of geographic distribution extends from northcentral Nebraska

(100° long., 42°50' lat. ), southwestern South Dakota (100°50' long.,

43°70' lat.), southwestern Kansas (100°50' long., 37°25' lat.),

northwestern Texas (102° long., 36°10' lat.), northwestern New

Mexico (105°20' long., 35°50' lat.). Its range in altitude is from

2450 ft. (Nebraska) to 6430 ft. (New Mexico) above sea level.

Succinea vaginacontorta shares some habits, shell and anatomical

features with several other species of Section Calcisuccinea Pilsbry

(Pilsbry, 1948, p. 826). Succinea campestris and S. luteola, living

near marine shores, aestivate for periods of time while the ground is

dry. The shells of these three species are translucent but not as

fragile as is true of many succineas. Coarse surface striations are

characteristic of the shells of these three species. Those of S. luteola

and S. vaginacontorta give to the shells a similar appearance.

Anatomical characteristics shared by the three species include the

coarse tubercles as well as the light amount of pigmentation on the

surface of the body, a globular rather than an ovate prostate gland,

a short and stout epiphallus which enters the penial sheath, emerges

distally, loops and reenters the sheath. The penial sheath of

.S". campestris is thick-walled but no fibers extend from it to the

142 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4)

surface of the penis as in .S". vaginacontorta. The penial sheath of

S. luteola is thin.

The distinctive anatomical feature of S. vaginacontorta is the

peculiar S-looped vagina. Shell dimensions and ratios of various

dimensions of the three largest shells taken from each locality, and

the time of year taken, are to be noted in Table I. Because the

author has not, as yet, made similar studies of other species of

Succinea, comparisons of shell dimensions and ratios cannot be

made at this time. The more significant ratios are, apparently, those

of the larger shells, namely, those which were taken in the latter

part of July or August.

Acknowledgments. Field studies made by the author were

supported, in part, by National Science Foundation Grants-in-Aid

No's. NSF G18000 and NSF GB2715. Some of the laboratory equip-

ment used for this study was obtained through support of the latter

Grant-in-Aid. The author is grateful to Claude W. Hibbard, Bruce

Cornet, and Artie Metcalf for sending Succinea vaginacontorta

from the localities and for the ecological information as noted

above. The author is grateful to Claude W. Hibbard and A. Byron

Leonard for having read the manuscript and for their suggestions.

Literature Cited

Franzen, Dorothea S. 1959. Anatomy of Succinea ovalis Say. Proc.

Mala. Soc. London 33 (5, Nov.) : 193-199. Tables I, II, Figs. 1-7.

. 1963. Variations in the Anatomy of the Succineid Gastropod

Oxylorna refusa. Nautilus 76 (3) : 82-95, Tables I, II, Figs. 1-4.

Hibbard, Claude W. and Dwight W. Taylor. 1960. Two Late

Pleistocene Faunas from Southwestern Kansas. Contr. Mus.

Paleo., Univ. Mich. 16, No. 1: 1-1223, 16 pis. 18 figs.

Lee, C. Bruce. 1951. Succinea vaginacontorta (Section Calcisuc-

cinea) , a New Amber Snail from Kansas. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zoo.,

Univ. Mich., No. 533 (Mar. 20): 1-7, Pis. I, II, Text fig. 1.

Leonard, A. Byron. 1959. Handbook of Gastropods in Kansas. Univ.

Kans. Mus. Nat. Hist. Misc. Pub. No. 20 (Nov. 2) : 1-224, Pis.

1-11, Figs. 1-87.

Miles, Charles D. 1958. The Family Succineidae (Gastropoda:

Pulmonata) in Kansas. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 38, Pt. 2, No. 24

(Mar. 20) : 1499-1543, PI. 1, Figs. 1-8.

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (North of

Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Mon. No. 3, Pt. 2:

xlvii + 521-1113, 585 figs.

Quick, H. E. 1933. The Anatomy of British Succinea. Proc. Mala.

Soc. London 20 (VI, Nov.) : 295-318, Pis. 23-25, Tables I-V,

Figs. 1-18.

April, 1971 NAUTILUS 143

NOTES

New Northern Extension of the Range of Assiminea

MODESTA (H. C. LEA) — Assimi7iea modesta (H. C. Lea, 1845)

has hccn reported from Brooklyn, N. Y. north to Newport, R. L

(Johnson, 1934. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 40{\): 97). I have

recently found this species at three separate localities north of Gape

Cod, Mass. On October 18, 1968 I collected numerous dead

specimens in the jetsam at the edge of a salt marsh at the end of

Harbor Road, Sandwich, Mass. Additional dead specimens were

collected at the same locality April 9, 1969. On October 26, 1969

four living specimens were found under boards at the high tide

level on the west side of the same salt marsh. At Orient Heights,

East Boston, on the west side of Belle Isle Inlet, living specimens

were rather common under stones, boards, and especially under

tarpaper scraps (April 29, 1969). At North Scituate on the west

side of a salt marsh near the intersection of Border Road and

Gannett Street, A. modesta was plentiful under chunks of peat

that had been excavated from drainage canals. A. modesta was

always found in association with Melampus lineatus (Say, 1822)

and Ovatella myosotis (Draparnaud, 1801).

Shell morphology of two-thirds of the specimens from East Boston

is as described by Lea (1845. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., /: 205;

1847. Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 5: 288) ; the remaining specimens

from this locality were pure, translucent white, appearing

grayish due to the animal inside. All other specimens were the

normal horn color, with dead specimens slightly lighter in color.

Neither Lea nor Verrill (1880. Am. Journ. Sci., 20: 250) described

the animal. Comparison of the animals from North Scituate with

the description given by Balch (1899. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,

29(7) : 143 and pi. 1) revealed that the former had but one eye

spot per eye stalk rather than "each [peduncle] bearing two con-

spicuous large black eye-spots" described by Balch. Figures by

Balch and Verrill (1884. Trans. Gonn. Acad., 5(1): pi. 58)

indicate the same double eye spot.

When Verrill reported the occurrence of A. modesta at Newport,

R.I. he stated: "Whether these shells have been accidentally intro-

duced, at that point, by shipping, or are really indigenous cannot

at present be determined . . . They may have been overlooked

hitherto." This may be true as well for the specimens recently

144 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4)

collected, for although the species is an active one, it is also very

small and rather localized. Representative specimens have been

deposited at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni-

versity, Cambridge, Massachusetts and the Delaware Museum of

Natural History, Greenville, Delaware. It is probable thatyl. suc-

cinea PfeifFer, 1840, is an earlier name for this species. — Walter P.

Baranowski, East Walpol, Massachusetts 02032.

NEWS

Green Snail Protected — The pulmonate land mollusk, Papustyla

pulcherrima (Rensch), of Manus Island, Admiralty Islands, is now

on the official list of endangered species of foreign wildlife (see

Federal Register vol. 35, no. 106, June 2, 1970, and no 233,

December 2, 1970). The new federal law prohibits bringing this

species into the United States, except for scientific or educational

purposes, and then only by obtaining a permit prior to importation,

from one of the five regional directors of the Bureau of Sport

Fisheries and Wildlife, U. S. Department of the Interior. For a

list, write the Bureau in Washington, D.C. 20240.

G. Dallas Hanna, distinguished zoologist, geologist and malacolo-

gist, died at the age of 83, on November 20, 1970. He was Curator

of the Department of Geology of the California Academy of

Sciences.

Dennis Harper Kennelly, conchologist at the East London

Museum in South Africa, and author of "Marine Shells of Southern

Africa" (1964) died at East London on February 11, 1971, at the

age of 80.

We regret to announce the death of Dr. Harold Sellers Colton,

on December 29, 1970, at the age of 89, in Flagstaff, Arizona. He

was a Professor Emeritus of Zoology at the University of Pennsyl-

vania, and published on the ecology and variation of marine and

fresh-water mollusks from 1904 to 1934. He retired to Arizona in

1926 and founded the Museum of Northern Arizona.

We regret to announce the death of Dr. Gunnar Thorson, on

January 25, 1971, at the age of 64, in Denmark. He was Europe's

leading malacologist on the subject of reproduction and ecology

of marine mollusks. He was the founder of the Marine Biological

Laboratory in Helsingor.

April, 1971 NAUTILUS

111

The Delaware Museum of Natural History in Greenville, Dela-

ware, has added Mr. Russell H. Jensen to the staff of its Depart-

ment of Moliusks as an Assistant Curator. Mr. Jensen is at present

preparing a handbook of the marine moliusks of Bermuda.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Rios, Eliezer de Carvalhos. 1970. Costal Brazilian Seashells. 225

pp., 60 pis. Paperback. A checklist of the marine shelled moliusks

of Brazil with illustrations of 280 native species.

Cernohoi-sky, Walter O. 1970. Systematics of the families Mitridae

and Volutomitridae. Bull. Auckland Institute and Museum, no 8,

190 pp., 18 pis. Excellent review of higher taxa.

La Conchiglia. Dec. 1970. Vol. 2, nos. 11-12. International edition

(in English) of the Italian shelling magazine. Contains new

mondily supplements to Van Nostrand's Standard Catalog of

Shells. Yearly subscription: $8.50 (airmail $10.50). U. S. agents:

W. and R. McCauley, 7914 Provident St., Philadelphia, Pa.

19150; Gordon Melvin, 863 Watertown St., West Newton, Mass.

02165.

Proceedings of the Symposium on Mollusca held at Cochin. 1968-

1969. Symposium Series 3, Marine Biol. Assoc. India, Mandapam

Camp, India. Part I, pp. 1-385 (1968) ; Part II, pp. 387-706. Con-

tains 58 papers on marine, land and fresh-water moliusks,

including a new Neopilina, and a new genus of nudibranchs,

Annulorhina, Rao, 1968.

Johnson, Richard I. 1970. The Systematics and 2^ogeography of

the Unionidae of the South Atlantic Slope Region. Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool., vol. 140, no. 6, 449 pp., 22 pis.

WORLD WIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS for sale. New 1971

Price List on request. "Illustrated Catalog of Popular Marginella

Species" now available also, 117 species shown with full data

and values listed with cover in color. Price $2.00.

PHILLIP W. CLOVER

Apartado de Correos 22

Rota Cadiz, Spain

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists

of this famous collection, with full scientific data_, are in prepa-

ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also

included. To obtain free copies write:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.

LIVING VOLUTES

A Monograph of the Recent Volutidae of the World

by Clifton S. Weaver

and

John E. du Pont

This is the first scholarly review of this colorful and

popular group of seashells within the last hundred years.

Over 200 species and subspecies are beautifully illustrated

in full natural colors on 79 plates. Color photographs of liv-

ing animals in their natural habitats add splendor to this

remarkable book. Dozens of carefully executed anatomical

drawings and distributional maps supplement the lucid

scientific text to enable easy identification. Hundreds of de-

tailed synonomies are given.

375 pages, 9 x 12 inches Text figures and maps

79 full-color plates Bound. Price: $55.00

Swainson's EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY

now available at a startlingly low price!

Now only $13.75 (formerly $30.00)

The few remaining copies of this unusual facsimile have

been purchased by the Delaware Museum of Natural History

and are now made available practically at cost to all libraries,

scientists and amateur conchologists. 48 beautiful, colored

plates, representing a faithful reproduction of Swainson's

1834 and 1 84 1 classic, together with the original text and a

modern analysis by R. Tucker Abbott and Nora McMillan.

Handsomely bound, gilt-edged on 3 sides and in full 9x12

inch page size. A useful and rare work belonging in the

library of every lover of mollusks. Both available from your

favorite book dealer or directly from the

Delaware Museum of Natural History

Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A.

April, 1971 NAUTILUS (Index) iii

CONTENTS

Achatina, a new newsletter 36

Alaska, new Pliocene molliisca 69

Amblcma perplicata, growth 16

Amnicola stygia Hubricht, n. sp 93

Anatomy, Succinea vaginacontorta Lee 131

Ancistrolepis eucosmius koyarnai Habe and Ito, n. subsp 84

Anculosa anthonyi Redfield, type species 110

Aritrobia Hubricht, new genus 95

Antrobia culveri Hubricht, n. sp 95

Aslununella mudgei Cheatum, n. sp 107

Ashmunella organensis Pilsbry 126

Ashmunella rileyensis Metcalf and Hurley, n. sp 122

Assiminea modesta (H. C. Lea) 143

AtJiearnia Morrison, new name of pleurocerid 110

Baker, H. B. (1889-1971) 113

Bathyancistrolepsis Habe and Ito 85

Beringius hertleini MacNeil, n. sp 72

Bermuda, Poecilozonites ecology 86

Bibliography of L. G. Hertlein 43

Bowden Formation, Jamaica 129

Buccinidae, from Japan 84

Cadulus acus Dall 79

Cadulus dentalinus Guppy 79

Cadulus panarnensis Sharp and Pilsbry 77

Cadulus perpusillus (Sowerby) 77

Calliostoma Swainson 32

Calliostoma brunneum (Dall) 33

Calliostoma tejedori Aguayo 33

Cape Cod, Mass., Assiminea on 143

Cave snails, new genus, new species 93

Charonia variegata 3

China, malacology in mainland 34

China Sea, a new typhid species 82

Chlamys leohertleini MacNeil, n. sp 70

Choanopoma jayanum, sinistral .^^^-r-rr-p,..,^ 127

Colton, Harold Sellers (1881-1970) .... ^(^^'M .C,>:>^- • • 1^4

Conchologist, The, Califomian ]ourad\ /^^/.^y'k }>.Oi^>^'^y 31

Corbicula manilensis in Florida /•?; /A \'^-\ • 36

I L I 3 R A R Y j ^ • j

«*• u

iv NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (Index)

Cymatiidae of North Carolina 1

Cypraeidae of Nordi Carolina 1

Dates of The Nautilus 36

Defensive liquid in Liguus 14

Dentalium gadus Montagu 77

Distorsio clathrata 5

Distorsio mcgintyi 5

Ditrupa dentalina Guppy 79

Dominican Republic, Helicina 101

Ecological significance of Thyasira 96

Ecology of Bermuda Poecilozonites 86

Ecology of new Ashrainiella 120

Eggs of Valvata 9

Electron microscope study of radulae 118

Environmental control, land snails 86

European Malacological Congress, 4th 112

Eurycaelon Lea 110

Florida, Corbicula in 36

Fluxina Dall 32

Fossil Thyasira records 99

Gadila Gray 77

Gadilopsis Woodring 79

Green Lake, N. Y., molluscan fauna 21

Green Snail protected (Papustyla) 144

Hanna, G Dallas ( 1887-1970) 144

Helicina castilloi Clench and Jaume 101

Helicina from Dominican Republic 101

Helicina grayi Jacobson and Clench, n. sp 104

Helicina juliae Clench 103

Helicina prasinata Jacobson and Clench, n. sp 105

Helicina viridis Lamarck 103

Hertlein, Leo George, bibliography 43

Hertlein, Leo George, biography 37

Hertlein, Leo George, taxa proposed in his honor 42

Hydrobiidae, new taxa from Ozarks 93

Jamaica, fossil S trombus 129

Jamaica, sinistral Choanopoma 127

Jensen, Russell H., in Delaware no. 4, p. iii

Kansas, Succinea of 131

April, 1971 NAUTILUS (Index) v

Kennelly, Dennis Harper ( 1891-1971) 144

Klein, George F. ( 1907-1970) no. 2, p. iii

La Conchiglia, Italian magazine no. 4, p. iii

Lake, molluscan fauna of meromictic 21

Liguus, defensive liquid 14

Lithasia Haldeman 110

Littorina in Louisiana 35

Louisiana, Littorina in 35

Marcus, Ernst ( 1893-1968) 112

Mesodo7i injlectus, sinistral 12

Nerita peloronta, radula of 118

New Mexico, new AshmuJiella 120

North Carolina, Cymatiidae and Gypraeidae 1

Omalogyra atomus 113

Omalogyra densicostata 113

Omalogyra planorbis (Dall) 114

Ozark Gaves, new Hydrobiidae 93

Papustyla pulcherrima, protected 144

Parancistrolepis Azuma 85

Pelecypods, invaders of the infauna 75

Pleistocene, land snails of Bermuda 86

Pliocene, new Alaskan species 69

Poecilozonites, ecolog)- 86

Radula, of Nerita peloronta 118

Radula, of Succinea 139

Sinistral Jamaican Choanopoma 127

Strombus gigas, Jamaican Miocene 129

Succinea vaginacontorta Lee 131

Swijtopecten of Alaska 69

Te.xas, growth of Amhlema in 16

Texas, new Ashmunella from Davis Mts 107

Thorson, Gunnar (1907-1971) 144

Thyasira bisecta, ecology 96

Tree snails, Liguus 14

Typhis philippensis Watson 83

Typhis ramosus Habe and Kosuge, n. sp 82

Valvata lewisi 9

Western Society of Malacologists, 4th meeting Ill

vi NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (Index)

INDEX TO AUTHORS

Andicott, Warren 0 37, 43

Baranowski, Walter P 143

Boss, Kenneth J 34, 127

Carlton, James T. (Barry Roth) 31

Cheatum, E. P 107

Clench, William J 36

Dronen, N. O., Jr. (B. Z. Lang) 9

Eisner, T. and E. O. W^ilson 14

Emerson, W^illiam K 77

Feinberg, Harold S 12

Franzen. Dorothea S 131

Centner, Harry W. (J. W. Little) 16

Gould, Stephen J 86

Habe, T. and K. Ito 84

Habe, T. and S. Kosuge 82

Harman, W^illard N 21

Hubricht, Leslie 93

Hurley, Patricia A. (Artie L. Metcalf ) 120

Ito, K. (T. Habe) 84

Jacobson, Morris K. and Kennetli J. Boss 127

Jacobson, M. K. and W. J. Clench 101

Jung, Peter 129

Kanno, Saburo 96

Kosuge, S. (T. Habe) 82

Lang, B. Z. and N. O. Dronen, Jr 9

Little, J. W. and Hany W. Centner 16

MacNeil, F. S 69

Merrill, Arthur S 32

Metcalf, Artie L. and Patricia A. Hurley 120

Moore, Donald R 113

Morrison, J. P. E 110

Nicol, David 75

Porter, Hugh J 1

Roth, Barry 31, 42, 52

Roth, Bany and James T. Carlton i.- • i^ ^^

Smalley, Alfred E ...."...'"..... 35

Thomas, Ronald Frank 118

Wilson, E. O. (T. Eisner) , ':'.\ 14

MBL WHOI IIHKARY

lilH 17XT X